diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'documentation')
-rw-r--r-- | documentation/sdk-manual/sdk-extensible.xml | 2866 | ||||
-rw-r--r-- | documentation/sdk-manual/sdk-intro.xml | 124 | ||||
-rw-r--r-- | documentation/sdk-manual/sdk-manual.xml | 4 | ||||
-rw-r--r-- | documentation/sdk-manual/sdk-using.xml | 1563 | ||||
-rw-r--r-- | documentation/sdk-manual/sdk-working-projects.xml | 1461 |
5 files changed, 3198 insertions, 2820 deletions
diff --git a/documentation/sdk-manual/sdk-extensible.xml b/documentation/sdk-manual/sdk-extensible.xml index 73b317f5c8..8c568a739e 100644 --- a/documentation/sdk-manual/sdk-extensible.xml +++ b/documentation/sdk-manual/sdk-extensible.xml | |||
@@ -4,1516 +4,1628 @@ | |||
4 | 4 | ||
5 | <chapter id='sdk-extensible'> | 5 | <chapter id='sdk-extensible'> |
6 | 6 | ||
7 | <title>Using the Extensible SDK</title> | 7 | <title>Using the Extensible SDK</title> |
8 | |||
9 | <para> | ||
10 | This chapter describes the extensible SDK and how to use it. | ||
11 | The extensible SDK makes it easy to add new applications and libraries | ||
12 | to an image, modify the source for an existing component, test | ||
13 | changes on the target hardware, and ease integration into the rest of the | ||
14 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_DEV_URL;#build-system-term'>OpenEmbedded build system</ulink>. | ||
15 | </para> | ||
16 | |||
17 | <para> | ||
18 | Information in this chapter covers features that are not part of the | ||
19 | standard SDK. | ||
20 | In other words, the chapter presents information unique to the | ||
21 | extensible SDK only. | ||
22 | For information on how to use the standard SDK, see the | ||
23 | "<link linkend='sdk-using-the-standard-sdk'>Using the Standard SDK</link>" | ||
24 | chapter. | ||
25 | </para> | ||
26 | |||
27 | <section id='sdk-setting-up-to-use-the-extensible-sdk'> | ||
28 | <title>Setting Up to Use the Extensible SDK</title> | ||
29 | 8 | ||
30 | <para> | 9 | <para> |
31 | Getting set up to use the extensible SDK is identical to getting set | 10 | This chapter describes the extensible SDK and how to install it. |
32 | up to use the standard SDK. | 11 | Information covers the pieces of the SDK, how to install it, and |
33 | You still need to locate and run the installer and then run the | 12 | presents a look at using the <filename>devtool</filename> |
34 | environment setup script. | 13 | functionality. |
35 | See the | 14 | The extensible SDK makes it easy to add new applications and libraries |
36 | "<link linkend='sdk-installing-the-sdk'>Installing the SDK</link>" | 15 | to an image, modify the source for an existing component, test |
37 | and the | 16 | changes on the target hardware, and ease integration into the rest of |
38 | "<link linkend='sdk-running-the-sdk-environment-setup-script'>Running the SDK Environment Setup Script</link>" | 17 | the |
39 | sections for general information. | 18 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_DEV_URL;#build-system-term'>OpenEmbedded build system</ulink>. |
40 | The following items highlight the only differences between getting | ||
41 | set up to use the extensible SDK as compared to the standard SDK: | ||
42 | <itemizedlist> | ||
43 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Default Installation Directory:</emphasis> | ||
44 | By default, the extensible SDK installs into the | ||
45 | <filename>poky_sdk</filename> folder of your home directory. | ||
46 | As with the standard SDK, you can choose to install the | ||
47 | extensible SDK in any location when you run the installer. | ||
48 | However, unlike the standard SDK, the location you choose needs | ||
49 | to be writable for whichever users need to use the SDK, | ||
50 | since files will need to be written under that directory during | ||
51 | the normal course of operation. | ||
52 | </para></listitem> | ||
53 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Build Tools and Build System:</emphasis> | ||
54 | The extensible SDK installer performs additional tasks as | ||
55 | compared to the standard SDK installer. | ||
56 | to the SDK and the installer also prepares the internal build | ||
57 | system within the SDK. | ||
58 | You can find pre-built extensible SDK installers in the same | ||
59 | <ulink url='http://downloads.yoctoproject.org/releases/yocto/yocto-&DISTRO;/toolchain/'>toolchain</ulink> | ||
60 | location as the pre-built standard SDK installers. | ||
61 | For extensible SDK installers, the | ||
62 | <filename>ext</filename> string is part of the name. | ||
63 | Here is an example: | ||
64 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
65 | poky-glibc-x86_64-core-image-sato-core2-64-toolchain-ext-&DISTRO;.sh | ||
66 | </literallayout> | ||
67 | <note> | ||
68 | As an alternative to downloading an SDK, you can build the toolchain | ||
69 | installer. | ||
70 | For information on building the installer, see the | ||
71 | "<link linkend='sdk-building-an-sdk-installer'>Building an SDK Installer</link>" | ||
72 | section. | ||
73 | Another helpful resource for building an installer is the | ||
74 | <ulink url='https://wiki.yoctoproject.org/wiki/TipsAndTricks/RunningEclipseAgainstBuiltImage'>Cookbook guide to Making an Eclipse Debug Capable Image</ulink> | ||
75 | wiki page. | ||
76 | </note> | ||
77 | Here is example output for running the extensible SDK | ||
78 | installer: | ||
79 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
80 | $ ./poky-glibc-x86_64-core-image-minimal-core2-64-toolchain-ext-&DISTRO;.sh | ||
81 | Poky (Yocto Project Reference Distro) Extensible SDK installer version &DISTRO; | ||
82 | =================================================================================== | ||
83 | Enter target directory for SDK (default: ~/poky_sdk): | ||
84 | You are about to install the SDK to "/home/scottrif/poky_sdk". Proceed[Y/n]? Y | ||
85 | Extracting SDK......................................................................done | ||
86 | Setting it up... | ||
87 | Extracting buildtools... | ||
88 | Preparing build system... | ||
89 | done | ||
90 | SDK has been successfully set up and is ready to be used. | ||
91 | Each time you wish to use the SDK in a new shell session, you need to source the environment setup script e.g. | ||
92 | $ . /home/scottrif/poky_sdk/environment-setup-core2-64-poky-linux | ||
93 | </literallayout> | ||
94 | </para></listitem> | ||
95 | </itemizedlist> | ||
96 | </para> | ||
97 | |||
98 | <para> | ||
99 | After installing the SDK, you need to run the SDK environment setup | ||
100 | script. | ||
101 | Here is the output from an example run: | ||
102 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
103 | $ cd /home/scottrif/poky_sdk | ||
104 | $ source environment-setup-core2-64-poky-linux | ||
105 | SDK environment now set up; additionally you may now run devtool to perform development tasks. | ||
106 | Run devtool --help for further details. | ||
107 | </literallayout> | ||
108 | Once you run the environment setup script, you have | ||
109 | <filename>devtool</filename> available. | ||
110 | </para> | ||
111 | </section> | ||
112 | |||
113 | <section id='using-devtool-in-your-sdk-workflow'> | ||
114 | <title>Using <filename>devtool</filename> in Your SDK Workflow</title> | ||
115 | |||
116 | <para> | ||
117 | The cornerstone of the extensible SDK is a command-line tool | ||
118 | called <filename>devtool</filename>. | ||
119 | This tool provides a number of features that help | ||
120 | you build, test and package software within the extensible SDK, and | ||
121 | optionally integrate it into an image built by the OpenEmbedded build | ||
122 | system. | ||
123 | </para> | ||
124 | |||
125 | <para> | ||
126 | The <filename>devtool</filename> command line is organized similarly | ||
127 | to | ||
128 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_DEV_URL;#git'>Git</ulink> in that it has a | ||
129 | number of sub-commands for each function. | ||
130 | You can run <filename>devtool --help</filename> to see all the | ||
131 | commands. | ||
132 | <note> | 19 | <note> |
133 | See the | 20 | For a side-by-side comparison of main features supported for an |
134 | "<ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#ref-devtool-reference'><filename>devtool</filename> Quick Reference</ulink>" | 21 | extensible SDK as compared to a standard SDK, see the |
135 | in the Yocto Project Reference Manual for more a | 22 | "<link linkend='sdk-manual-intro'>Introduction</link>" |
136 | <filename>devtool</filename> reference. | 23 | section. |
137 | </note> | 24 | </note> |
138 | </para> | 25 | </para> |
139 | 26 | ||
140 | <para> | 27 | <para> |
141 | Two <filename>devtool</filename> subcommands that provide | 28 | You can use an extensible SDK to work on Makefile, Autotools, and |
142 | entry-points into development are: | 29 | Eclipse-based projects. |
143 | <itemizedlist> | 30 | See the |
144 | <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>devtool add</filename></emphasis>: | 31 | "<link linkend='sdk-working-projects'>Working with Different Types of Projects</link>" |
145 | Assists in adding new software to be built. | 32 | chapter for more information. |
146 | </para></listitem> | ||
147 | <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>devtool modify</filename></emphasis>: | ||
148 | Sets up an environment to enable you to modify the source of | ||
149 | an existing component. | ||
150 | </para></listitem> | ||
151 | </itemizedlist> | ||
152 | As with the OpenEmbedded build system, "recipes" represent software | ||
153 | packages within <filename>devtool</filename>. | ||
154 | When you use <filename>devtool add</filename>, a recipe is | ||
155 | automatically created. | ||
156 | When you use <filename>devtool modify</filename>, the specified | ||
157 | existing recipe is used in order to determine where to get the source | ||
158 | code and how to patch it. | ||
159 | In both cases, an environment is set up so that when you build the | ||
160 | recipe a source tree that is under your control is used in order to | ||
161 | allow you to make changes to the source as desired. | ||
162 | By default, both new recipes and the source go into a "workspace" | ||
163 | directory under the SDK. | ||
164 | </para> | ||
165 | |||
166 | <para> | ||
167 | The remainder of this section presents the | ||
168 | <filename>devtool add</filename> and | ||
169 | <filename>devtool modify</filename> workflows. | ||
170 | </para> | 33 | </para> |
171 | 34 | ||
172 | <section id='sdk-use-devtool-to-add-an-application'> | 35 | <section id='sdk-extensible-sdk-intro'> |
173 | <title>Use <filename>devtool add</filename> to Add an Application</title> | 36 | <title>Why use the Extensible SDK and What is in It?</title> |
174 | |||
175 | <para> | ||
176 | The <filename>devtool add</filename> command generates | ||
177 | a new recipe based on existing source code. | ||
178 | This command takes advantage of the | ||
179 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_DEV_URL;#devtool-the-workspace-layer-structure'>workspace</ulink> | ||
180 | layer that many <filename>devtool</filename> commands | ||
181 | use. | ||
182 | The command is flexible enough to allow you to extract source | ||
183 | code into both the workspace or a separate local Git repository | ||
184 | and to use existing code that does not need to be extracted. | ||
185 | </para> | ||
186 | 37 | ||
187 | <para> | 38 | <para> |
188 | Depending on your particular scenario, the arguments and options | 39 | The extensible SDK provides a cross-development toolchain and |
189 | you use with <filename>devtool add</filename> form different | 40 | libraries tailored to the contents of a specific image. |
190 | combinations. | 41 | You would use the Extensible SDK if you want a toolchain experience |
191 | The following diagram shows common development flows | 42 | supplemented with the powerful set of <filename>devtool</filename> |
192 | you would use with the <filename>devtool add</filename> | 43 | commands tailored for the Yocto Project environment. |
193 | command: | ||
194 | </para> | 44 | </para> |
195 | 45 | ||
196 | <para> | 46 | <para> |
197 | <imagedata fileref="figures/sdk-devtool-add-flow.png" align="center" /> | 47 | The installed extensible SDK consists of several files and |
198 | </para> | 48 | directories. |
199 | 49 | Basically, it contains an SDK environment setup script, some | |
200 | <para> | 50 | configuration files, an internal build system, and the |
201 | <orderedlist> | 51 | <filename>devtool</filename> functionality. |
202 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Generating the New Recipe</emphasis>: | ||
203 | The top part of the flow shows three scenarios by which | ||
204 | you could use <filename>devtool add</filename> to | ||
205 | generate a recipe based on existing source code.</para> | ||
206 | |||
207 | <para>In a shared development environment, it is | ||
208 | typical where other developers are responsible for | ||
209 | various areas of source code. | ||
210 | As a developer, you are probably interested in using | ||
211 | that source code as part of your development using | ||
212 | the Yocto Project. | ||
213 | All you need is access to the code, a recipe, and a | ||
214 | controlled area in which to do your work.</para> | ||
215 | |||
216 | <para>Within the diagram, three possible scenarios | ||
217 | feed into the <filename>devtool add</filename> workflow: | ||
218 | <itemizedlist> | ||
219 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Left</emphasis>: | ||
220 | The left scenario represents a common situation | ||
221 | where the source code does not exist locally | ||
222 | and needs to be extracted. | ||
223 | In this situation, you just let it get | ||
224 | extracted to the default workspace - you do not | ||
225 | want it in some specific location outside of the | ||
226 | workspace. | ||
227 | Thus, everything you need will be located in the | ||
228 | workspace: | ||
229 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
230 | $ devtool add <replaceable>recipe fetchuri</replaceable> | ||
231 | </literallayout> | ||
232 | With this command, <filename>devtool</filename> | ||
233 | creates a recipe and an append file in the | ||
234 | workspace as well as extracts the upstream | ||
235 | source files into a local Git repository also | ||
236 | within the <filename>sources</filename> folder. | ||
237 | </para></listitem> | ||
238 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Middle</emphasis>: | ||
239 | The middle scenario also represents a situation where | ||
240 | the source code does not exist locally. | ||
241 | In this case, the code is again upstream | ||
242 | and needs to be extracted to some | ||
243 | local area - this time outside of the default | ||
244 | workspace. | ||
245 | If required, <filename>devtool</filename> | ||
246 | always creates | ||
247 | a Git repository locally during the extraction. | ||
248 | Furthermore, the first positional argument | ||
249 | <replaceable>srctree</replaceable> in this case | ||
250 | identifies where the | ||
251 | <filename>devtool add</filename> command | ||
252 | will locate the extracted code outside of the | ||
253 | workspace: | ||
254 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
255 | $ devtool add <replaceable>recipe srctree fetchuri</replaceable> | ||
256 | </literallayout> | ||
257 | In summary, the source code is pulled from | ||
258 | <replaceable>fetchuri</replaceable> and extracted | ||
259 | into the location defined by | ||
260 | <replaceable>srctree</replaceable> as a local | ||
261 | Git repository.</para> | ||
262 | |||
263 | <para>Within workspace, <filename>devtool</filename> | ||
264 | creates both the recipe and an append file | ||
265 | for the recipe. | ||
266 | </para></listitem> | ||
267 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Right</emphasis>: | ||
268 | The right scenario represents a situation | ||
269 | where the source tree (srctree) has been | ||
270 | previously prepared outside of the | ||
271 | <filename>devtool</filename> workspace. | ||
272 | </para> | ||
273 | |||
274 | <para>The following command names the recipe | ||
275 | and identifies where the existing source tree | ||
276 | is located: | ||
277 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
278 | $ devtool add <replaceable>recipe srctree</replaceable> | ||
279 | </literallayout> | ||
280 | The command examines the source code and creates | ||
281 | a recipe for it placing the recipe into the | ||
282 | workspace.</para> | ||
283 | |||
284 | <para>Because the extracted source code already exists, | ||
285 | <filename>devtool</filename> does not try to | ||
286 | relocate it into the workspace - just the new | ||
287 | the recipe is placed in the workspace.</para> | ||
288 | |||
289 | <para>Aside from a recipe folder, the command | ||
290 | also creates an append folder and places an initial | ||
291 | <filename>*.bbappend</filename> within. | ||
292 | </para></listitem> | ||
293 | </itemizedlist> | ||
294 | </para></listitem> | ||
295 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Edit the Recipe</emphasis>: | ||
296 | At this point, you can use <filename>devtool edit-recipe</filename> | ||
297 | to open up the editor as defined by the | ||
298 | <filename>$EDITOR</filename> environment variable | ||
299 | and modify the file: | ||
300 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
301 | $ devtool edit-recipe <replaceable>recipe</replaceable> | ||
302 | </literallayout> | ||
303 | From within the editor, you can make modifications to the | ||
304 | recipe that take affect when you build it later. | ||
305 | </para></listitem> | ||
306 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Build the Recipe or Rebuild the Image</emphasis>: | ||
307 | At this point in the flow, the next step you | ||
308 | take depends on what you are going to do with | ||
309 | the new code.</para> | ||
310 | <para>If you need to take the build output and eventually | ||
311 | move it to the target hardware, you would use | ||
312 | <filename>devtool build</filename>: | ||
313 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
314 | $ devtool build <replaceable>recipe</replaceable> | ||
315 | </literallayout></para> | ||
316 | <para>On the other hand, if you want an image to | ||
317 | contain the recipe's packages for immediate deployment | ||
318 | onto a device (e.g. for testing purposes), you can use | ||
319 | the <filename>devtool build-image</filename> command: | ||
320 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
321 | $ devtool build-image <replaceable>image</replaceable> | ||
322 | </literallayout> | ||
323 | </para></listitem> | ||
324 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Deploy the Build Output</emphasis>: | ||
325 | When you use the <filename>devtool build</filename> | ||
326 | command to build out your recipe, you probably want to | ||
327 | see if the resulting build output works as expected on target | ||
328 | hardware. | ||
329 | <note> | ||
330 | This step assumes you have a previously built | ||
331 | image that is already either running in QEMU or | ||
332 | running on actual hardware. | ||
333 | Also, it is assumed that for deployment of the image | ||
334 | to the target, SSH is installed in the image and if | ||
335 | the image is running on real hardware that you have | ||
336 | network access to and from your development machine. | ||
337 | </note> | ||
338 | You can deploy your build output to that target hardware by | ||
339 | using the <filename>devtool deploy-target</filename> command: | ||
340 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
341 | $ devtool deploy-target <replaceable>recipe target</replaceable> | ||
342 | </literallayout> | ||
343 | The <replaceable>target</replaceable> is a live target machine | ||
344 | running as an SSH server.</para> | ||
345 | |||
346 | <para>You can, of course, also deploy the image you build | ||
347 | using the <filename>devtool build-image</filename> command | ||
348 | to actual hardware. | ||
349 | However, <filename>devtool</filename> does not provide a | ||
350 | specific command that allows you to do this. | ||
351 | </para></listitem> | ||
352 | <listitem><para> | ||
353 | <emphasis>Finish Your Work With the Recipe</emphasis>: | ||
354 | The <filename>devtool finish</filename> command creates | ||
355 | any patches corresponding to commits in the local | ||
356 | Git repository, moves the new recipe to a more permanent | ||
357 | layer, and then resets the recipe so that the recipe is | ||
358 | built normally rather than from the workspace. | ||
359 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
360 | $ devtool finish <replaceable>recipe layer</replaceable> | ||
361 | </literallayout> | ||
362 | <note> | ||
363 | Any changes you want to turn into patches must be | ||
364 | committed to the Git repository in the source tree. | ||
365 | </note></para> | ||
366 | |||
367 | <para>As mentioned, the <filename>devtool finish</filename> | ||
368 | command moves the final recipe to its permanent layer. | ||
369 | </para> | ||
370 | |||
371 | <para>As a final process of the | ||
372 | <filename>devtool finish</filename> command, the state | ||
373 | of the standard layers and the upstream source is | ||
374 | restored so that you can build the recipe from those | ||
375 | areas rather than the workspace. | ||
376 | <note> | ||
377 | You can use the <filename>devtool reset</filename> | ||
378 | command to put things back should you decide you | ||
379 | do not want to proceed with your work. | ||
380 | If you do use this command, realize that the source | ||
381 | tree is preserved. | ||
382 | </note> | ||
383 | </para></listitem> | ||
384 | </orderedlist> | ||
385 | </para> | 52 | </para> |
386 | </section> | 53 | </section> |
387 | 54 | ||
388 | <section id='sdk-devtool-use-devtool-modify-to-modify-the-source-of-an-existing-component'> | 55 | <section id='sdk-setting-up-to-use-the-extensible-sdk'> |
389 | <title>Use <filename>devtool modify</filename> to Modify the Source of an Existing Component</title> | 56 | <title>Setting Up to Use the Extensible SDK</title> |
390 | 57 | ||
391 | <para> | 58 | <para> |
392 | The <filename>devtool modify</filename> command prepares the | 59 | The first thing you need to do is install the SDK on your host |
393 | way to work on existing code that already has a recipe in | 60 | development machine by running the <filename>*.sh</filename> |
394 | place. | 61 | installation script. |
395 | The command is flexible enough to allow you to extract code, | ||
396 | specify the existing recipe, and keep track of and gather any | ||
397 | patch files from other developers that are | ||
398 | associated with the code. | ||
399 | </para> | 62 | </para> |
400 | 63 | ||
401 | <para> | 64 | <para> |
402 | Depending on your particular scenario, the arguments and options | 65 | You can download a tarball installer, which includes the |
403 | you use with <filename>devtool modify</filename> form different | 66 | pre-built toolchain, the <filename>runqemu</filename> |
404 | combinations. | 67 | script, the internal build system, <filename>devtool</filename>, |
405 | The following diagram shows common development flows | 68 | and support files from the appropriate directory under |
406 | you would use with the <filename>devtool modify</filename> | 69 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_TOOLCHAIN_DL_URL;'></ulink>. |
407 | command: | 70 | Toolchains are available for 32-bit and 64-bit x86 development |
71 | systems from the <filename>i686</filename> and | ||
72 | <filename>x86_64</filename> directories, respectively. | ||
73 | The toolchains the Yocto Project provides are based off the | ||
74 | <filename>core-image-sato</filename> image and contain | ||
75 | libraries appropriate for developing against that image. | ||
76 | Each type of development system supports five or more target | ||
77 | architectures. | ||
408 | </para> | 78 | </para> |
409 | 79 | ||
410 | <para> | 80 | <para> |
411 | <imagedata fileref="figures/sdk-devtool-modify-flow.png" align="center" /> | 81 | The names of the tarball installer scripts are such that a |
412 | </para> | 82 | string representing the host system appears first in the |
83 | filename and then is immediately followed by a string | ||
84 | representing the target architecture. | ||
85 | An extensible SDK has the string "-ext" as part of the name. | ||
86 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
87 | poky-glibc-<replaceable>host_system</replaceable>-<replaceable>image_type</replaceable>-<replaceable>arch</replaceable>-toolchain-ext-<replaceable>release_version</replaceable>.sh | ||
413 | 88 | ||
414 | <para> | 89 | Where: |
415 | <orderedlist> | 90 | <replaceable>host_system</replaceable> is a string representing your development system: |
416 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Preparing to Modify the Code</emphasis>: | ||
417 | The top part of the flow shows three scenarios by which | ||
418 | you could use <filename>devtool modify</filename> to | ||
419 | prepare to work on source files. | ||
420 | Each scenario assumes the following: | ||
421 | <itemizedlist> | ||
422 | <listitem><para>The recipe exists in some layer external | ||
423 | to the <filename>devtool</filename> workspace. | ||
424 | </para></listitem> | ||
425 | <listitem><para>The source files exist upstream in an | ||
426 | un-extracted state or locally in a previously | ||
427 | extracted state. | ||
428 | </para></listitem> | ||
429 | </itemizedlist> | ||
430 | The typical situation is where another developer has | ||
431 | created some layer for use with the Yocto Project and | ||
432 | their recipe already resides in that layer. | ||
433 | Furthermore, their source code is readily available | ||
434 | either upstream or locally. | ||
435 | <itemizedlist> | ||
436 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Left</emphasis>: | ||
437 | The left scenario represents a common situation | ||
438 | where the source code does not exist locally | ||
439 | and needs to be extracted. | ||
440 | In this situation, the source is extracted | ||
441 | into the default workspace location. | ||
442 | The recipe, in this scenario, is in its own | ||
443 | layer outside the workspace | ||
444 | (i.e. | ||
445 | <filename>meta-</filename><replaceable>layername</replaceable>). | ||
446 | </para> | ||
447 | |||
448 | <para>The following command identifies the recipe | ||
449 | and by default extracts the source files: | ||
450 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
451 | $ devtool modify <replaceable>recipe</replaceable> | ||
452 | </literallayout> | ||
453 | Once <filename>devtool</filename>locates the recipe, | ||
454 | it uses the | ||
455 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-SRC_URI'><filename>SRC_URI</filename></ulink> | ||
456 | variable to locate the source code and | ||
457 | any local patch files from other developers are | ||
458 | located. | ||
459 | <note> | ||
460 | You cannot provide an URL for | ||
461 | <replaceable>srctree</replaceable> when using the | ||
462 | <filename>devtool modify</filename> command. | ||
463 | </note> | ||
464 | With this scenario, however, since no | ||
465 | <replaceable>srctree</replaceable> argument exists, the | ||
466 | <filename>devtool modify</filename> command by default | ||
467 | extracts the source files to a Git structure. | ||
468 | Furthermore, the location for the extracted source is the | ||
469 | default area within the workspace. | ||
470 | The result is that the command sets up both the source | ||
471 | code and an append file within the workspace with the | ||
472 | recipe remaining in its original location. | ||
473 | </para></listitem> | ||
474 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Middle</emphasis>: | ||
475 | The middle scenario represents a situation where | ||
476 | the source code also does not exist locally. | ||
477 | In this case, the code is again upstream | ||
478 | and needs to be extracted to some | ||
479 | local area as a Git repository. | ||
480 | The recipe, in this scenario, is again in its own | ||
481 | layer outside the workspace.</para> | ||
482 | |||
483 | <para>The following command tells | ||
484 | <filename>devtool</filename> what recipe with | ||
485 | which to work and, in this case, identifies a local | ||
486 | area for the extracted source files that is outside | ||
487 | of the default workspace: | ||
488 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
489 | $ devtool modify <replaceable>recipe srctree</replaceable> | ||
490 | </literallayout> | ||
491 | As with all extractions, the command uses | ||
492 | the recipe's <filename>SRC_URI</filename> to locate the | ||
493 | source files. | ||
494 | Once the files are located, the command by default | ||
495 | extracts them. | ||
496 | Providing the <replaceable>srctree</replaceable> | ||
497 | argument instructs <filename>devtool</filename> where | ||
498 | place the extracted source.</para> | ||
499 | |||
500 | <para>Within workspace, <filename>devtool</filename> | ||
501 | creates an append file for the recipe. | ||
502 | The recipe remains in its original location but | ||
503 | the source files are extracted to the location you | ||
504 | provided with <replaceable>srctree</replaceable>. | ||
505 | </para></listitem> | ||
506 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Right</emphasis>: | ||
507 | The right scenario represents a situation | ||
508 | where the source tree | ||
509 | (<replaceable>srctree</replaceable>) exists as a | ||
510 | previously extracted Git structure outside of | ||
511 | the <filename>devtool</filename> workspace. | ||
512 | In this example, the recipe also exists | ||
513 | elsewhere in its own layer. | ||
514 | </para> | ||
515 | |||
516 | <para>The following command tells | ||
517 | <filename>devtool</filename> the recipe | ||
518 | with which to work, uses the "-n" option to indicate | ||
519 | source does not need to be extracted, and uses | ||
520 | <replaceable>srctree</replaceable> to point to the | ||
521 | previously extracted source files: | ||
522 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
523 | $ devtool modify -n <replaceable>recipe srctree</replaceable> | ||
524 | </literallayout> | ||
525 | </para> | ||
526 | 91 | ||
527 | <para>Once the command finishes, it creates only | 92 | i686 or x86_64. |
528 | an append file for the recipe in the workspace. | ||
529 | The recipe and the source code remain in their | ||
530 | original locations. | ||
531 | </para></listitem> | ||
532 | </itemizedlist> | ||
533 | </para></listitem> | ||
534 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Edit the Source</emphasis>: | ||
535 | Once you have used the <filename>devtool modify</filename> | ||
536 | command, you are free to make changes to the source | ||
537 | files. | ||
538 | You can use any editor you like to make and save | ||
539 | your source code modifications. | ||
540 | </para></listitem> | ||
541 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Build the Recipe</emphasis>: | ||
542 | Once you have updated the source files, you can build | ||
543 | the recipe. | ||
544 | </para></listitem> | ||
545 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Deploy the Build Output</emphasis>: | ||
546 | When you use the <filename>devtool build</filename> | ||
547 | command to build out your recipe, you probably want to see | ||
548 | if the resulting build output works as expected on target | ||
549 | hardware. | ||
550 | <note> | ||
551 | This step assumes you have a previously built | ||
552 | image that is already either running in QEMU or | ||
553 | running on actual hardware. | ||
554 | Also, it is assumed that for deployment of the image | ||
555 | to the target, SSH is installed in the image and if | ||
556 | the image is running on real hardware that you have | ||
557 | network access to and from your development machine. | ||
558 | </note> | ||
559 | You can deploy your build output to that target hardware by | ||
560 | using the <filename>devtool deploy-target</filename> command: | ||
561 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
562 | $ devtool deploy-target <replaceable>recipe target</replaceable> | ||
563 | </literallayout> | ||
564 | The <replaceable>target</replaceable> is a live target machine | ||
565 | running as an SSH server.</para> | ||
566 | |||
567 | <para>You can, of course, also deploy the image you build | ||
568 | using the <filename>devtool build-image</filename> command | ||
569 | to actual hardware. | ||
570 | However, <filename>devtool</filename> does not provide a | ||
571 | specific command that allows you to do this. | ||
572 | </para></listitem> | ||
573 | <listitem><para> | ||
574 | <emphasis>Finish Your Work With the Recipe</emphasis>: | ||
575 | The <filename>devtool finish</filename> command creates | ||
576 | any patches corresponding to commits in the local | ||
577 | Git repository, updates the recipe to point to them | ||
578 | (or creates a <filename>.bbappend</filename> file to do | ||
579 | so, depending on the specified destination layer), and | ||
580 | then resets the recipe so that the recipe is built normally | ||
581 | rather than from the workspace. | ||
582 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
583 | $ devtool finish <replaceable>recipe layer</replaceable> | ||
584 | </literallayout> | ||
585 | <note> | ||
586 | Any changes you want to turn into patches must be | ||
587 | committed to the Git repository in the source tree. | ||
588 | </note></para> | ||
589 | |||
590 | <para>Because there is no need to move the recipe, | ||
591 | <filename>devtool finish</filename> either updates the | ||
592 | original recipe in the original layer or the command | ||
593 | creates a <filename>.bbappend</filename> in a different | ||
594 | layer as provided by <replaceable>layer</replaceable>. | ||
595 | </para> | ||
596 | |||
597 | <para>As a final process of the | ||
598 | <filename>devtool finish</filename> command, the state | ||
599 | of the standard layers and the upstream source is | ||
600 | restored so that you can build the recipe from those | ||
601 | areas rather than the workspace. | ||
602 | <note> | ||
603 | You can use the <filename>devtool reset</filename> | ||
604 | command to put things back should you decide you | ||
605 | do not want to proceed with your work. | ||
606 | If you do use this command, realize that the source | ||
607 | tree is preserved. | ||
608 | </note> | ||
609 | </para></listitem> | ||
610 | </orderedlist> | ||
611 | </para> | ||
612 | </section> | ||
613 | 93 | ||
614 | <section id='sdk-devtool-use-devtool-upgrade-to-create-a-version-of-the-recipe-that-supports-a-newer-version-of-the-software'> | 94 | <replaceable>image_type</replaceable> is the image for which the SDK was built. |
615 | <title>Use <filename>devtool upgrade</filename> to Create a Version of the Recipe that Supports a Newer Version of the Software</title> | ||
616 | 95 | ||
617 | <para> | 96 | <replaceable>arch</replaceable> is a string representing the tuned target architecture: |
618 | The <filename>devtool upgrade</filename> command updates | ||
619 | an existing recipe so that you can build it for an updated | ||
620 | set of source files. | ||
621 | The command is flexible enough to allow you to specify | ||
622 | source code revision and versioning schemes, extract code into | ||
623 | or out of the <filename>devtool</filename> workspace, and | ||
624 | work with any source file forms that the fetchers support. | ||
625 | </para> | ||
626 | 97 | ||
627 | <para> | 98 | i586, x86_64, powerpc, mips, armv7a or armv5te |
628 | Depending on your particular scenario, the arguments and options | 99 | |
629 | you use with <filename>devtool upgrade</filename> form different | 100 | <replaceable>release_version</replaceable> is a string representing the release number of the |
630 | combinations. | 101 | Yocto Project: |
631 | The following diagram shows a common development flow | 102 | |
632 | you would use with the <filename>devtool modify</filename> | 103 | &DISTRO;, &DISTRO;+snapshot |
633 | command: | 104 | </literallayout> |
105 | For example, the following toolchain installer is for a 64-bit | ||
106 | development host system and a i586-tuned target architecture | ||
107 | based off the SDK for <filename>core-image-sato</filename> and | ||
108 | using the current &DISTRO; snapshot: | ||
109 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
110 | poky-glibc-x86_64-core-image-sato-i586-toolchain-ext-&DISTRO;.sh | ||
111 | </literallayout> | ||
112 | <note> | ||
113 | As an alternative to downloading an SDK, you can build the | ||
114 | toolchain installer. | ||
115 | For information on building the installer, see the | ||
116 | "<link linkend='sdk-building-an-sdk-installer'>Building an SDK Installer</link>" | ||
117 | section. | ||
118 | Another helpful resource for building an installer is the | ||
119 | <ulink url='https://wiki.yoctoproject.org/wiki/TipsAndTricks/RunningEclipseAgainstBuiltImage'>Cookbook guide to Making an Eclipse Debug Capable Image</ulink> | ||
120 | wiki page. | ||
121 | This wiki page focuses on development when using the Eclipse | ||
122 | IDE. | ||
123 | </note> | ||
634 | </para> | 124 | </para> |
635 | 125 | ||
636 | <para> | 126 | <para> |
637 | <imagedata fileref="figures/sdk-devtool-upgrade-flow.png" align="center" /> | 127 | The SDK and toolchains are self-contained and by default are |
128 | installed into the <filename>poky_sdk</filename> folder in your | ||
129 | home directory. | ||
130 | You can choose to install the extensible SDK in any location when | ||
131 | you run the installer. | ||
132 | However, the location you choose needs to be writable for whichever | ||
133 | users need to use the SDK, since files will need to be written | ||
134 | under that directory during the normal course of operation. | ||
638 | </para> | 135 | </para> |
639 | 136 | ||
640 | <para> | 137 | <para> |
641 | <orderedlist> | 138 | The following command shows how to run the installer given a |
642 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Initiate the Upgrade</emphasis>: | 139 | toolchain tarball for a 64-bit x86 development host system and |
643 | The top part of the flow shows a typical scenario by which | 140 | a 64-bit x86 target architecture. |
644 | you could use <filename>devtool upgrade</filename>. | 141 | The example assumes the toolchain installer is located in |
645 | The following conditions exist: | 142 | <filename>~/Downloads/</filename>. |
646 | <itemizedlist> | 143 | <note> |
647 | <listitem><para>The recipe exists in some layer external | 144 | If you do not have write permissions for the directory |
648 | to the <filename>devtool</filename> workspace. | 145 | into which you are installing the SDK, the installer |
649 | </para></listitem> | 146 | notifies you and exits. |
650 | <listitem><para>The source files for the new release | 147 | Be sure you have write permissions in the directory and |
651 | exist adjacent to the same location pointed to by | 148 | run the installer again. |
652 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-SRC_URI'><filename>SRC_URI</filename></ulink> | 149 | </note> |
653 | in the recipe (e.g. a tarball with the new version | 150 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> |
654 | number in the name, or as a different revision in | 151 | $ ./poky-glibc-x86_64-core-image-minimal-core2-64-toolchain-ext-&DISTRO;.sh |
655 | the upstream Git repository). | 152 | Poky (Yocto Project Reference Distro) Extensible SDK installer version &DISTRO; |
656 | </para></listitem> | 153 | =================================================================================== |
657 | </itemizedlist> | 154 | Enter target directory for SDK (default: ~/poky_sdk): |
658 | A common situation is where third-party software has | 155 | You are about to install the SDK to "/home/scottrif/poky_sdk". Proceed[Y/n]? Y |
659 | undergone a revision so that it has been upgraded. | 156 | Extracting SDK......................................................................done |
660 | The recipe you have access to is likely in your own layer. | 157 | Setting it up... |
661 | Thus, you need to upgrade the recipe to use the | 158 | Extracting buildtools... |
662 | newer version of the software: | 159 | Preparing build system... |
663 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | 160 | done |
664 | $ devtool upgrade -V <replaceable>version recipe</replaceable> | 161 | SDK has been successfully set up and is ready to be used. |
665 | </literallayout> | 162 | Each time you wish to use the SDK in a new shell session, you need to source the environment setup script e.g. |
666 | By default, the <filename>devtool upgrade</filename> command | 163 | $ . /home/scottrif/poky_sdk/environment-setup-core2-64-poky-linux |
667 | extracts source code into the <filename>sources</filename> | 164 | </literallayout> |
668 | directory in the workspace. | ||
669 | If you want the code extracted to any other location, you | ||
670 | need to provide the <replaceable>srctree</replaceable> | ||
671 | positional argument with the command as follows: | ||
672 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
673 | $ devtool upgrade -V <replaceable>version recipe srctree</replaceable> | ||
674 | </literallayout> | ||
675 | Also, in this example, the "-V" option is used to specify | ||
676 | the new version. | ||
677 | If the source files pointed to by the | ||
678 | <filename>SRC_URI</filename> statement in the recipe are | ||
679 | in a Git repository, you must provide the "-S" option and | ||
680 | specify a revision for the software.</para> | ||
681 | |||
682 | <para>Once <filename>devtool</filename> locates the recipe, | ||
683 | it uses the <filename>SRC_URI</filename> variable to locate | ||
684 | the source code and any local patch files from other | ||
685 | developers are located. | ||
686 | The result is that the command sets up the source | ||
687 | code, the new version of the recipe, and an append file | ||
688 | all within the workspace. | ||
689 | </para></listitem> | ||
690 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Resolve any Conflicts created by the Upgrade</emphasis>: | ||
691 | At this point, there could be some conflicts due to the | ||
692 | software being upgraded to a new version. | ||
693 | This would occur if your recipe specifies some patch files in | ||
694 | <filename>SRC_URI</filename> that conflict with changes | ||
695 | made in the new version of the software. | ||
696 | If this is the case, you need to resolve the conflicts | ||
697 | by editing the source and following the normal | ||
698 | <filename>git rebase</filename> conflict resolution | ||
699 | process.</para> | ||
700 | <para>Before moving onto the next step, be sure to resolve any | ||
701 | such conflicts created through use of a newer or different | ||
702 | version of the software. | ||
703 | </para></listitem> | ||
704 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Build the Recipe</emphasis>: | ||
705 | Once you have your recipe in order, you can build it. | ||
706 | You can either use <filename>devtool build</filename> or | ||
707 | <filename>bitbake</filename>. | ||
708 | Either method produces build output that is stored | ||
709 | in | ||
710 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-TMPDIR'><filename>TMPDIR</filename></ulink>. | ||
711 | </para></listitem> | ||
712 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Deploy the Build Output</emphasis>: | ||
713 | When you use the <filename>devtool build</filename> | ||
714 | command or <filename>bitbake</filename> to build out your | ||
715 | recipe, you probably want to see if the resulting build | ||
716 | output works as expected on target hardware. | ||
717 | <note> | ||
718 | This step assumes you have a previously built | ||
719 | image that is already either running in QEMU or | ||
720 | running on actual hardware. | ||
721 | Also, it is assumed that for deployment of the image | ||
722 | to the target, SSH is installed in the image and if | ||
723 | the image is running on real hardware that you have | ||
724 | network access to and from your development machine. | ||
725 | </note> | ||
726 | You can deploy your build output to that target hardware by | ||
727 | using the <filename>devtool deploy-target</filename> command: | ||
728 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
729 | $ devtool deploy-target <replaceable>recipe target</replaceable> | ||
730 | </literallayout> | ||
731 | The <replaceable>target</replaceable> is a live target machine | ||
732 | running as an SSH server.</para> | ||
733 | <para>You can, of course, also deploy the image you build | ||
734 | using the <filename>devtool build-image</filename> command | ||
735 | to actual hardware. | ||
736 | However, <filename>devtool</filename> does not provide a | ||
737 | specific command that allows you to do this. | ||
738 | </para></listitem> | ||
739 | <listitem><para> | ||
740 | <emphasis>Finish Your Work With the Recipe</emphasis>: | ||
741 | The <filename>devtool finish</filename> command creates | ||
742 | any patches corresponding to commits in the local | ||
743 | Git repository, updates the recipe to point to them | ||
744 | (or creates a <filename>.bbappend</filename> file to do | ||
745 | so, depending on the specified destination layer), and | ||
746 | then resets the recipe so that the recipe is built normally | ||
747 | rather than from the workspace. | ||
748 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
749 | $ devtool finish <replaceable>recipe layer</replaceable> | ||
750 | </literallayout> | ||
751 | <note> | ||
752 | Any changes you want to turn into patches must be | ||
753 | committed to the Git repository in the source tree. | ||
754 | </note></para> | ||
755 | <para>Because there is no need to move the recipe, | ||
756 | <filename>devtool finish</filename> either updates the | ||
757 | original recipe in the original layer or the command | ||
758 | creates a <filename>.bbappend</filename> in a different | ||
759 | layer as provided by <replaceable>layer</replaceable>. | ||
760 | </para> | ||
761 | <para>As a final process of the | ||
762 | <filename>devtool finish</filename> command, the state | ||
763 | of the standard layers and the upstream source is | ||
764 | restored so that you can build the recipe from those | ||
765 | areas rather than the workspace. | ||
766 | <note> | ||
767 | You can use the <filename>devtool reset</filename> | ||
768 | command to put things back should you decide you | ||
769 | do not want to proceed with your work. | ||
770 | If you do use this command, realize that the source | ||
771 | tree is preserved. | ||
772 | </note> | ||
773 | </para></listitem> | ||
774 | </orderedlist> | ||
775 | </para> | 165 | </para> |
776 | </section> | 166 | </section> |
777 | </section> | ||
778 | |||
779 | <section id='sdk-a-closer-look-at-devtool-add'> | ||
780 | <title>A Closer Look at <filename>devtool add</filename></title> | ||
781 | 167 | ||
782 | <para> | 168 | <section id='sdk-running-the-extensible-sdk-environment-setup-script'> |
783 | The <filename>devtool add</filename> command automatically creates a | 169 | <title>Running the Extensible SDK Environment Setup Script</title> |
784 | recipe based on the source tree with which you provide it. | ||
785 | Currently, the command has support for the following: | ||
786 | <itemizedlist> | ||
787 | <listitem><para> | ||
788 | Autotools (<filename>autoconf</filename> and | ||
789 | <filename>automake</filename>) | ||
790 | </para></listitem> | ||
791 | <listitem><para> | ||
792 | CMake | ||
793 | </para></listitem> | ||
794 | <listitem><para> | ||
795 | Scons | ||
796 | </para></listitem> | ||
797 | <listitem><para> | ||
798 | <filename>qmake</filename> | ||
799 | </para></listitem> | ||
800 | <listitem><para> | ||
801 | Plain <filename>Makefile</filename> | ||
802 | </para></listitem> | ||
803 | <listitem><para> | ||
804 | Out-of-tree kernel module | ||
805 | </para></listitem> | ||
806 | <listitem><para> | ||
807 | Binary package (i.e. "-b" option) | ||
808 | </para></listitem> | ||
809 | <listitem><para> | ||
810 | Node.js module | ||
811 | </para></listitem> | ||
812 | <listitem><para> | ||
813 | Python modules that use <filename>setuptools</filename> | ||
814 | or <filename>distutils</filename> | ||
815 | </para></listitem> | ||
816 | </itemizedlist> | ||
817 | </para> | ||
818 | |||
819 | <para> | ||
820 | Apart from binary packages, the determination of how a source tree | ||
821 | should be treated is automatic based on the files present within | ||
822 | that source tree. | ||
823 | For example, if a <filename>CMakeLists.txt</filename> file is found, | ||
824 | then the source tree is assumed to be using | ||
825 | CMake and is treated accordingly. | ||
826 | <note> | ||
827 | In most cases, you need to edit the automatically generated | ||
828 | recipe in order to make it build properly. | ||
829 | Typically, you would go through several edit and build cycles | ||
830 | until you can build the recipe. | ||
831 | Once the recipe can be built, you could use possible further | ||
832 | iterations to test the recipe on the target device. | ||
833 | </note> | ||
834 | </para> | ||
835 | |||
836 | <para> | ||
837 | The remainder of this section covers specifics regarding how parts | ||
838 | of the recipe are generated. | ||
839 | </para> | ||
840 | |||
841 | <section id='sdk-name-and-version'> | ||
842 | <title>Name and Version</title> | ||
843 | 170 | ||
844 | <para> | 171 | <para> |
845 | If you do not specify a name and version on the command | 172 | Once you have the SDK installed, you must run the SDK environment |
846 | line, <filename>devtool add</filename> attempts to determine | 173 | setup script before you can actually use it. |
847 | the name and version of the software being built from | 174 | This setup script resides in the directory you chose when you |
848 | various metadata within the source tree. | 175 | installed the SDK, which is either the default |
849 | Furthermore, the command sets the name of the created recipe | 176 | <filename>poky_sdk</filename> directory or the directory you |
850 | file accordingly. | 177 | chose during installation. |
851 | If the name or version cannot be determined, the | ||
852 | <filename>devtool add</filename> command prints an error and | ||
853 | you must re-run the command with both the name and version | ||
854 | or just the name or version specified. | ||
855 | </para> | 178 | </para> |
856 | 179 | ||
857 | <para> | 180 | <para> |
858 | Sometimes the name or version determined from the source tree | 181 | Before running the script, be sure it is the one that matches the |
859 | might be incorrect. | 182 | architecture for which you are developing. |
860 | For such a case, you must reset the recipe: | 183 | Environment setup scripts begin with the string |
184 | "<filename>environment-setup</filename>" and include as part of | ||
185 | their name the tuned target architecture. | ||
186 | As an example, the following commands set the working directory | ||
187 | to where the SDK was installed and then source the environment | ||
188 | setup script. | ||
189 | In this example, the setup script is for an IA-based | ||
190 | target machine using i586 tuning: | ||
861 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | 191 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> |
862 | $ devtool reset -n <replaceable>recipename</replaceable> | 192 | $ cd /home/scottrif/poky_sdk |
193 | $ source environment-setup-core2-64-poky-linux | ||
194 | SDK environment now set up; additionally you may now run devtool to perform development tasks. | ||
195 | Run devtool --help for further details. | ||
196 | </literallayout> | ||
197 | When you run the setup script, many environment variables are | ||
198 | defined: | ||
199 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
200 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-SDKTARGETSYSROOT'><filename>SDKTARGETSYSROOT</filename></ulink> - The path to the sysroot used for cross-compilation | ||
201 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-PKG_CONFIG_PATH'><filename>PKG_CONFIG_PATH</filename></ulink> - The path to the target pkg-config files | ||
202 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-CONFIG_SITE'><filename>CONFIG_SITE</filename></ulink> - A GNU autoconf site file preconfigured for the target | ||
203 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-CC'><filename>CC</filename></ulink> - The minimal command and arguments to run the C compiler | ||
204 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-CXX'><filename>CXX</filename></ulink> - The minimal command and arguments to run the C++ compiler | ||
205 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-CPP'><filename>CPP</filename></ulink> - The minimal command and arguments to run the C preprocessor | ||
206 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-AS'><filename>AS</filename></ulink> - The minimal command and arguments to run the assembler | ||
207 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-LD'><filename>LD</filename></ulink> - The minimal command and arguments to run the linker | ||
208 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-GDB'><filename>GDB</filename></ulink> - The minimal command and arguments to run the GNU Debugger | ||
209 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-STRIP'><filename>STRIP</filename></ulink> - The minimal command and arguments to run 'strip', which strips symbols | ||
210 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-RANLIB'><filename>RANLIB</filename></ulink> - The minimal command and arguments to run 'ranlib' | ||
211 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-OBJCOPY'><filename>OBJCOPY</filename></ulink> - The minimal command and arguments to run 'objcopy' | ||
212 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-OBJDUMP'><filename>OBJDUMP</filename></ulink> - The minimal command and arguments to run 'objdump' | ||
213 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-AR'><filename>AR</filename></ulink> - The minimal command and arguments to run 'ar' | ||
214 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-NM'><filename>NM</filename></ulink> - The minimal command and arguments to run 'nm' | ||
215 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-TARGET_PREFIX'><filename>TARGET_PREFIX</filename></ulink> - The toolchain binary prefix for the target tools | ||
216 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-CROSS_COMPILE'><filename>CROSS_COMPILE</filename></ulink> - The toolchain binary prefix for the target tools | ||
217 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-CONFIGURE_FLAGS'><filename>CONFIGURE_FLAGS</filename></ulink> - The minimal arguments for GNU configure | ||
218 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-CFLAGS'><filename>CFLAGS</filename></ulink> - Suggested C flags | ||
219 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-CXXFLAGS'><filename>CXXFLAGS</filename></ulink> - Suggested C++ flags | ||
220 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-LDFLAGS'><filename>LDFLAGS</filename></ulink> - Suggested linker flags when you use CC to link | ||
221 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-CPPFLAGS'><filename>CPPFLAGS</filename></ulink> - Suggested preprocessor flags | ||
863 | </literallayout> | 222 | </literallayout> |
864 | After running the <filename>devtool reset</filename> command, | ||
865 | you need to run <filename>devtool add</filename> again and | ||
866 | provide the name or the version. | ||
867 | </para> | 223 | </para> |
868 | </section> | 224 | </section> |
869 | 225 | ||
870 | <section id='sdk-dependency-detection-and-mapping'> | 226 | <section id='using-devtool-in-your-sdk-workflow'> |
871 | <title>Dependency Detection and Mapping</title> | 227 | <title>Using <filename>devtool</filename> in Your SDK Workflow</title> |
872 | 228 | ||
873 | <para> | 229 | <para> |
874 | The <filename>devtool add</filename> command attempts to | 230 | The cornerstone of the extensible SDK is a command-line tool |
875 | detect build-time dependencies and map them to other recipes | 231 | called <filename>devtool</filename>. |
876 | in the system. | 232 | This tool provides a number of features that help |
877 | During this mapping, the command fills in the names of those | 233 | you build, test and package software within the extensible SDK, and |
878 | recipes in the | 234 | optionally integrate it into an image built by the OpenEmbedded build |
879 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-DEPENDS'><filename>DEPENDS</filename></ulink> | 235 | system. |
880 | value within the recipe. | ||
881 | If a dependency cannot be mapped, then a comment is placed in | ||
882 | the recipe indicating such. | ||
883 | The inability to map a dependency might be caused because the | ||
884 | naming is not recognized or because the dependency simply is | ||
885 | not available. | ||
886 | For cases where the dependency is not available, you must use | ||
887 | the <filename>devtool add</filename> command to add an | ||
888 | additional recipe to satisfy the dependency and then come | ||
889 | back to the first recipe and add its name to | ||
890 | <filename>DEPENDS</filename>. | ||
891 | </para> | 236 | </para> |
892 | 237 | ||
893 | <para> | 238 | <para> |
894 | If you need to add runtime dependencies, you can do so by | 239 | The <filename>devtool</filename> command line is organized similarly |
895 | adding the following to your recipe: | 240 | to |
896 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | 241 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_DEV_URL;#git'>Git</ulink> in that it has a |
897 | RDEPENDS_${PN} += "dependency1 dependency2 ..." | 242 | number of sub-commands for each function. |
898 | </literallayout> | 243 | You can run <filename>devtool --help</filename> to see all the |
244 | commands. | ||
899 | <note> | 245 | <note> |
900 | The <filename>devtool add</filename> command often cannot | 246 | See the |
901 | distinguish between mandatory and optional dependencies. | 247 | "<ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#ref-devtool-reference'><filename>devtool</filename> Quick Reference</ulink>" |
902 | Consequently, some of the detected dependencies might | 248 | in the Yocto Project Reference Manual for more a |
903 | in fact be optional. | 249 | <filename>devtool</filename> reference. |
904 | When in doubt, consult the documentation or the configure | ||
905 | script for the software the recipe is building for further | ||
906 | details. | ||
907 | In some cases, you might find you can substitute the | ||
908 | dependency for an option to disable the associated | ||
909 | functionality passed to the configure script. | ||
910 | </note> | 250 | </note> |
911 | </para> | 251 | </para> |
912 | </section> | ||
913 | |||
914 | <section id='sdk-license-detection'> | ||
915 | <title>License Detection</title> | ||
916 | 252 | ||
917 | <para> | 253 | <para> |
918 | The <filename>devtool add</filename> command attempts to | 254 | Two <filename>devtool</filename> subcommands that provide |
919 | determine if the software you are adding is able to be | 255 | entry-points into development are: |
920 | distributed under a common open-source license and sets the | 256 | <itemizedlist> |
921 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-LICENSE'><filename>LICENSE</filename></ulink> | 257 | <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>devtool add</filename></emphasis>: |
922 | value accordingly. | 258 | Assists in adding new software to be built. |
923 | You should double-check this value against the documentation | 259 | </para></listitem> |
924 | or source files for the software you are building and update | 260 | <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>devtool modify</filename></emphasis>: |
925 | that <filename>LICENSE</filename> value if necessary. | 261 | Sets up an environment to enable you to modify the source of |
262 | an existing component. | ||
263 | </para></listitem> | ||
264 | </itemizedlist> | ||
265 | As with the OpenEmbedded build system, "recipes" represent software | ||
266 | packages within <filename>devtool</filename>. | ||
267 | When you use <filename>devtool add</filename>, a recipe is | ||
268 | automatically created. | ||
269 | When you use <filename>devtool modify</filename>, the specified | ||
270 | existing recipe is used in order to determine where to get the source | ||
271 | code and how to patch it. | ||
272 | In both cases, an environment is set up so that when you build the | ||
273 | recipe a source tree that is under your control is used in order to | ||
274 | allow you to make changes to the source as desired. | ||
275 | By default, both new recipes and the source go into a "workspace" | ||
276 | directory under the SDK. | ||
926 | </para> | 277 | </para> |
927 | 278 | ||
928 | <para> | 279 | <para> |
929 | The <filename>devtool add</filename> command also sets the | 280 | The remainder of this section presents the |
930 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-LIC_FILES_CHKSUM'><filename>LIC_FILES_CHKSUM</filename></ulink> | 281 | <filename>devtool add</filename> and |
931 | value to point to all files that appear to be license-related. | 282 | <filename>devtool modify</filename> workflows. |
932 | However, license statements often appear in comments at the top | ||
933 | of source files or within documentation. | ||
934 | Consequently, you might need to amend the | ||
935 | <filename>LIC_FILES_CHKSUM</filename> variable to point to one | ||
936 | or more of those comments if present. | ||
937 | Setting <filename>LIC_FILES_CHKSUM</filename> is particularly | ||
938 | important for third-party software. | ||
939 | The mechanism attempts to ensure correct licensing should you | ||
940 | upgrade the recipe to a newer upstream version in future. | ||
941 | Any change in licensing is detected and you receive an error | ||
942 | prompting you to check the license text again. | ||
943 | </para> | 283 | </para> |
944 | 284 | ||
945 | <para> | 285 | <section id='sdk-use-devtool-to-add-an-application'> |
946 | If the <filename>devtool add</filename> command cannot | 286 | <title>Use <filename>devtool add</filename> to Add an Application</title> |
947 | determine licensing information, the | 287 | |
948 | <filename>LICENSE</filename> value is set to "CLOSED" and the | 288 | <para> |
949 | <filename>LIC_FILES_CHKSUM</filename> value remains unset. | 289 | The <filename>devtool add</filename> command generates |
950 | This behavior allows you to continue with development but is | 290 | a new recipe based on existing source code. |
951 | unlikely to be correct in all cases. | 291 | This command takes advantage of the |
952 | Consequently, you should check the documentation or source | 292 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_DEV_URL;#devtool-the-workspace-layer-structure'>workspace</ulink> |
953 | files for the software you are building to determine the actual | 293 | layer that many <filename>devtool</filename> commands |
954 | license. | 294 | use. |
955 | </para> | 295 | The command is flexible enough to allow you to extract source |
296 | code into both the workspace or a separate local Git repository | ||
297 | and to use existing code that does not need to be extracted. | ||
298 | </para> | ||
299 | |||
300 | <para> | ||
301 | Depending on your particular scenario, the arguments and options | ||
302 | you use with <filename>devtool add</filename> form different | ||
303 | combinations. | ||
304 | The following diagram shows common development flows | ||
305 | you would use with the <filename>devtool add</filename> | ||
306 | command: | ||
307 | </para> | ||
308 | |||
309 | <para> | ||
310 | <imagedata fileref="figures/sdk-devtool-add-flow.png" align="center" /> | ||
311 | </para> | ||
312 | |||
313 | <para> | ||
314 | <orderedlist> | ||
315 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Generating the New Recipe</emphasis>: | ||
316 | The top part of the flow shows three scenarios by which | ||
317 | you could use <filename>devtool add</filename> to | ||
318 | generate a recipe based on existing source code.</para> | ||
319 | |||
320 | <para>In a shared development environment, it is | ||
321 | typical where other developers are responsible for | ||
322 | various areas of source code. | ||
323 | As a developer, you are probably interested in using | ||
324 | that source code as part of your development using | ||
325 | the Yocto Project. | ||
326 | All you need is access to the code, a recipe, and a | ||
327 | controlled area in which to do your work.</para> | ||
328 | |||
329 | <para>Within the diagram, three possible scenarios | ||
330 | feed into the <filename>devtool add</filename> workflow: | ||
331 | <itemizedlist> | ||
332 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Left</emphasis>: | ||
333 | The left scenario represents a common situation | ||
334 | where the source code does not exist locally | ||
335 | and needs to be extracted. | ||
336 | In this situation, you just let it get | ||
337 | extracted to the default workspace - you do not | ||
338 | want it in some specific location outside of the | ||
339 | workspace. | ||
340 | Thus, everything you need will be located in the | ||
341 | workspace: | ||
342 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
343 | $ devtool add <replaceable>recipe fetchuri</replaceable> | ||
344 | </literallayout> | ||
345 | With this command, <filename>devtool</filename> | ||
346 | creates a recipe and an append file in the | ||
347 | workspace as well as extracts the upstream | ||
348 | source files into a local Git repository also | ||
349 | within the <filename>sources</filename> folder. | ||
350 | </para></listitem> | ||
351 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Middle</emphasis>: | ||
352 | The middle scenario also represents a situation where | ||
353 | the source code does not exist locally. | ||
354 | In this case, the code is again upstream | ||
355 | and needs to be extracted to some | ||
356 | local area - this time outside of the default | ||
357 | workspace. | ||
358 | If required, <filename>devtool</filename> | ||
359 | always creates | ||
360 | a Git repository locally during the extraction. | ||
361 | Furthermore, the first positional argument | ||
362 | <replaceable>srctree</replaceable> in this case | ||
363 | identifies where the | ||
364 | <filename>devtool add</filename> command | ||
365 | will locate the extracted code outside of the | ||
366 | workspace: | ||
367 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
368 | $ devtool add <replaceable>recipe srctree fetchuri</replaceable> | ||
369 | </literallayout> | ||
370 | In summary, the source code is pulled from | ||
371 | <replaceable>fetchuri</replaceable> and extracted | ||
372 | into the location defined by | ||
373 | <replaceable>srctree</replaceable> as a local | ||
374 | Git repository.</para> | ||
375 | |||
376 | <para>Within workspace, <filename>devtool</filename> | ||
377 | creates both the recipe and an append file | ||
378 | for the recipe. | ||
379 | </para></listitem> | ||
380 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Right</emphasis>: | ||
381 | The right scenario represents a situation | ||
382 | where the source tree (srctree) has been | ||
383 | previously prepared outside of the | ||
384 | <filename>devtool</filename> workspace. | ||
385 | </para> | ||
386 | |||
387 | <para>The following command names the recipe | ||
388 | and identifies where the existing source tree | ||
389 | is located: | ||
390 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
391 | $ devtool add <replaceable>recipe srctree</replaceable> | ||
392 | </literallayout> | ||
393 | The command examines the source code and creates | ||
394 | a recipe for it placing the recipe into the | ||
395 | workspace.</para> | ||
396 | |||
397 | <para>Because the extracted source code already exists, | ||
398 | <filename>devtool</filename> does not try to | ||
399 | relocate it into the workspace - just the new | ||
400 | the recipe is placed in the workspace.</para> | ||
401 | |||
402 | <para>Aside from a recipe folder, the command | ||
403 | also creates an append folder and places an initial | ||
404 | <filename>*.bbappend</filename> within. | ||
405 | </para></listitem> | ||
406 | </itemizedlist> | ||
407 | </para></listitem> | ||
408 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Edit the Recipe</emphasis>: | ||
409 | At this point, you can use <filename>devtool edit-recipe</filename> | ||
410 | to open up the editor as defined by the | ||
411 | <filename>$EDITOR</filename> environment variable | ||
412 | and modify the file: | ||
413 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
414 | $ devtool edit-recipe <replaceable>recipe</replaceable> | ||
415 | </literallayout> | ||
416 | From within the editor, you can make modifications to the | ||
417 | recipe that take affect when you build it later. | ||
418 | </para></listitem> | ||
419 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Build the Recipe or Rebuild the Image</emphasis>: | ||
420 | At this point in the flow, the next step you | ||
421 | take depends on what you are going to do with | ||
422 | the new code.</para> | ||
423 | <para>If you need to take the build output and eventually | ||
424 | move it to the target hardware, you would use | ||
425 | <filename>devtool build</filename>: | ||
426 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
427 | $ devtool build <replaceable>recipe</replaceable> | ||
428 | </literallayout></para> | ||
429 | <para>On the other hand, if you want an image to | ||
430 | contain the recipe's packages for immediate deployment | ||
431 | onto a device (e.g. for testing purposes), you can use | ||
432 | the <filename>devtool build-image</filename> command: | ||
433 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
434 | $ devtool build-image <replaceable>image</replaceable> | ||
435 | </literallayout> | ||
436 | </para></listitem> | ||
437 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Deploy the Build Output</emphasis>: | ||
438 | When you use the <filename>devtool build</filename> | ||
439 | command to build out your recipe, you probably want to | ||
440 | see if the resulting build output works as expected on target | ||
441 | hardware. | ||
442 | <note> | ||
443 | This step assumes you have a previously built | ||
444 | image that is already either running in QEMU or | ||
445 | running on actual hardware. | ||
446 | Also, it is assumed that for deployment of the image | ||
447 | to the target, SSH is installed in the image and if | ||
448 | the image is running on real hardware that you have | ||
449 | network access to and from your development machine. | ||
450 | </note> | ||
451 | You can deploy your build output to that target hardware by | ||
452 | using the <filename>devtool deploy-target</filename> command: | ||
453 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
454 | $ devtool deploy-target <replaceable>recipe target</replaceable> | ||
455 | </literallayout> | ||
456 | The <replaceable>target</replaceable> is a live target machine | ||
457 | running as an SSH server.</para> | ||
458 | |||
459 | <para>You can, of course, also deploy the image you build | ||
460 | using the <filename>devtool build-image</filename> command | ||
461 | to actual hardware. | ||
462 | However, <filename>devtool</filename> does not provide a | ||
463 | specific command that allows you to do this. | ||
464 | </para></listitem> | ||
465 | <listitem><para> | ||
466 | <emphasis>Finish Your Work With the Recipe</emphasis>: | ||
467 | The <filename>devtool finish</filename> command creates | ||
468 | any patches corresponding to commits in the local | ||
469 | Git repository, moves the new recipe to a more permanent | ||
470 | layer, and then resets the recipe so that the recipe is | ||
471 | built normally rather than from the workspace. | ||
472 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
473 | $ devtool finish <replaceable>recipe layer</replaceable> | ||
474 | </literallayout> | ||
475 | <note> | ||
476 | Any changes you want to turn into patches must be | ||
477 | committed to the Git repository in the source tree. | ||
478 | </note></para> | ||
479 | |||
480 | <para>As mentioned, the <filename>devtool finish</filename> | ||
481 | command moves the final recipe to its permanent layer. | ||
482 | </para> | ||
483 | |||
484 | <para>As a final process of the | ||
485 | <filename>devtool finish</filename> command, the state | ||
486 | of the standard layers and the upstream source is | ||
487 | restored so that you can build the recipe from those | ||
488 | areas rather than the workspace. | ||
489 | <note> | ||
490 | You can use the <filename>devtool reset</filename> | ||
491 | command to put things back should you decide you | ||
492 | do not want to proceed with your work. | ||
493 | If you do use this command, realize that the source | ||
494 | tree is preserved. | ||
495 | </note> | ||
496 | </para></listitem> | ||
497 | </orderedlist> | ||
498 | </para> | ||
499 | </section> | ||
500 | |||
501 | <section id='sdk-devtool-use-devtool-modify-to-modify-the-source-of-an-existing-component'> | ||
502 | <title>Use <filename>devtool modify</filename> to Modify the Source of an Existing Component</title> | ||
503 | |||
504 | <para> | ||
505 | The <filename>devtool modify</filename> command prepares the | ||
506 | way to work on existing code that already has a recipe in | ||
507 | place. | ||
508 | The command is flexible enough to allow you to extract code, | ||
509 | specify the existing recipe, and keep track of and gather any | ||
510 | patch files from other developers that are | ||
511 | associated with the code. | ||
512 | </para> | ||
513 | |||
514 | <para> | ||
515 | Depending on your particular scenario, the arguments and options | ||
516 | you use with <filename>devtool modify</filename> form different | ||
517 | combinations. | ||
518 | The following diagram shows common development flows | ||
519 | you would use with the <filename>devtool modify</filename> | ||
520 | command: | ||
521 | </para> | ||
522 | |||
523 | <para> | ||
524 | <imagedata fileref="figures/sdk-devtool-modify-flow.png" align="center" /> | ||
525 | </para> | ||
526 | |||
527 | <para> | ||
528 | <orderedlist> | ||
529 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Preparing to Modify the Code</emphasis>: | ||
530 | The top part of the flow shows three scenarios by which | ||
531 | you could use <filename>devtool modify</filename> to | ||
532 | prepare to work on source files. | ||
533 | Each scenario assumes the following: | ||
534 | <itemizedlist> | ||
535 | <listitem><para>The recipe exists in some layer external | ||
536 | to the <filename>devtool</filename> workspace. | ||
537 | </para></listitem> | ||
538 | <listitem><para>The source files exist upstream in an | ||
539 | un-extracted state or locally in a previously | ||
540 | extracted state. | ||
541 | </para></listitem> | ||
542 | </itemizedlist> | ||
543 | The typical situation is where another developer has | ||
544 | created some layer for use with the Yocto Project and | ||
545 | their recipe already resides in that layer. | ||
546 | Furthermore, their source code is readily available | ||
547 | either upstream or locally. | ||
548 | <itemizedlist> | ||
549 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Left</emphasis>: | ||
550 | The left scenario represents a common situation | ||
551 | where the source code does not exist locally | ||
552 | and needs to be extracted. | ||
553 | In this situation, the source is extracted | ||
554 | into the default workspace location. | ||
555 | The recipe, in this scenario, is in its own | ||
556 | layer outside the workspace | ||
557 | (i.e. | ||
558 | <filename>meta-</filename><replaceable>layername</replaceable>). | ||
559 | </para> | ||
560 | |||
561 | <para>The following command identifies the recipe | ||
562 | and by default extracts the source files: | ||
563 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
564 | $ devtool modify <replaceable>recipe</replaceable> | ||
565 | </literallayout> | ||
566 | Once <filename>devtool</filename>locates the recipe, | ||
567 | it uses the | ||
568 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-SRC_URI'><filename>SRC_URI</filename></ulink> | ||
569 | variable to locate the source code and | ||
570 | any local patch files from other developers are | ||
571 | located. | ||
572 | <note> | ||
573 | You cannot provide an URL for | ||
574 | <replaceable>srctree</replaceable> when using the | ||
575 | <filename>devtool modify</filename> command. | ||
576 | </note> | ||
577 | With this scenario, however, since no | ||
578 | <replaceable>srctree</replaceable> argument exists, the | ||
579 | <filename>devtool modify</filename> command by default | ||
580 | extracts the source files to a Git structure. | ||
581 | Furthermore, the location for the extracted source is the | ||
582 | default area within the workspace. | ||
583 | The result is that the command sets up both the source | ||
584 | code and an append file within the workspace with the | ||
585 | recipe remaining in its original location. | ||
586 | </para></listitem> | ||
587 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Middle</emphasis>: | ||
588 | The middle scenario represents a situation where | ||
589 | the source code also does not exist locally. | ||
590 | In this case, the code is again upstream | ||
591 | and needs to be extracted to some | ||
592 | local area as a Git repository. | ||
593 | The recipe, in this scenario, is again in its own | ||
594 | layer outside the workspace.</para> | ||
595 | |||
596 | <para>The following command tells | ||
597 | <filename>devtool</filename> what recipe with | ||
598 | which to work and, in this case, identifies a local | ||
599 | area for the extracted source files that is outside | ||
600 | of the default workspace: | ||
601 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
602 | $ devtool modify <replaceable>recipe srctree</replaceable> | ||
603 | </literallayout> | ||
604 | As with all extractions, the command uses | ||
605 | the recipe's <filename>SRC_URI</filename> to locate the | ||
606 | source files. | ||
607 | Once the files are located, the command by default | ||
608 | extracts them. | ||
609 | Providing the <replaceable>srctree</replaceable> | ||
610 | argument instructs <filename>devtool</filename> where | ||
611 | place the extracted source.</para> | ||
612 | |||
613 | <para>Within workspace, <filename>devtool</filename> | ||
614 | creates an append file for the recipe. | ||
615 | The recipe remains in its original location but | ||
616 | the source files are extracted to the location you | ||
617 | provided with <replaceable>srctree</replaceable>. | ||
618 | </para></listitem> | ||
619 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Right</emphasis>: | ||
620 | The right scenario represents a situation | ||
621 | where the source tree | ||
622 | (<replaceable>srctree</replaceable>) exists as a | ||
623 | previously extracted Git structure outside of | ||
624 | the <filename>devtool</filename> workspace. | ||
625 | In this example, the recipe also exists | ||
626 | elsewhere in its own layer. | ||
627 | </para> | ||
628 | |||
629 | <para>The following command tells | ||
630 | <filename>devtool</filename> the recipe | ||
631 | with which to work, uses the "-n" option to indicate | ||
632 | source does not need to be extracted, and uses | ||
633 | <replaceable>srctree</replaceable> to point to the | ||
634 | previously extracted source files: | ||
635 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
636 | $ devtool modify -n <replaceable>recipe srctree</replaceable> | ||
637 | </literallayout> | ||
638 | </para> | ||
639 | |||
640 | <para>Once the command finishes, it creates only | ||
641 | an append file for the recipe in the workspace. | ||
642 | The recipe and the source code remain in their | ||
643 | original locations. | ||
644 | </para></listitem> | ||
645 | </itemizedlist> | ||
646 | </para></listitem> | ||
647 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Edit the Source</emphasis>: | ||
648 | Once you have used the <filename>devtool modify</filename> | ||
649 | command, you are free to make changes to the source | ||
650 | files. | ||
651 | You can use any editor you like to make and save | ||
652 | your source code modifications. | ||
653 | </para></listitem> | ||
654 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Build the Recipe</emphasis>: | ||
655 | Once you have updated the source files, you can build | ||
656 | the recipe. | ||
657 | </para></listitem> | ||
658 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Deploy the Build Output</emphasis>: | ||
659 | When you use the <filename>devtool build</filename> | ||
660 | command to build out your recipe, you probably want to see | ||
661 | if the resulting build output works as expected on target | ||
662 | hardware. | ||
663 | <note> | ||
664 | This step assumes you have a previously built | ||
665 | image that is already either running in QEMU or | ||
666 | running on actual hardware. | ||
667 | Also, it is assumed that for deployment of the image | ||
668 | to the target, SSH is installed in the image and if | ||
669 | the image is running on real hardware that you have | ||
670 | network access to and from your development machine. | ||
671 | </note> | ||
672 | You can deploy your build output to that target hardware by | ||
673 | using the <filename>devtool deploy-target</filename> command: | ||
674 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
675 | $ devtool deploy-target <replaceable>recipe target</replaceable> | ||
676 | </literallayout> | ||
677 | The <replaceable>target</replaceable> is a live target machine | ||
678 | running as an SSH server.</para> | ||
679 | |||
680 | <para>You can, of course, also deploy the image you build | ||
681 | using the <filename>devtool build-image</filename> command | ||
682 | to actual hardware. | ||
683 | However, <filename>devtool</filename> does not provide a | ||
684 | specific command that allows you to do this. | ||
685 | </para></listitem> | ||
686 | <listitem><para> | ||
687 | <emphasis>Finish Your Work With the Recipe</emphasis>: | ||
688 | The <filename>devtool finish</filename> command creates | ||
689 | any patches corresponding to commits in the local | ||
690 | Git repository, updates the recipe to point to them | ||
691 | (or creates a <filename>.bbappend</filename> file to do | ||
692 | so, depending on the specified destination layer), and | ||
693 | then resets the recipe so that the recipe is built normally | ||
694 | rather than from the workspace. | ||
695 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
696 | $ devtool finish <replaceable>recipe layer</replaceable> | ||
697 | </literallayout> | ||
698 | <note> | ||
699 | Any changes you want to turn into patches must be | ||
700 | committed to the Git repository in the source tree. | ||
701 | </note></para> | ||
702 | |||
703 | <para>Because there is no need to move the recipe, | ||
704 | <filename>devtool finish</filename> either updates the | ||
705 | original recipe in the original layer or the command | ||
706 | creates a <filename>.bbappend</filename> in a different | ||
707 | layer as provided by <replaceable>layer</replaceable>. | ||
708 | </para> | ||
709 | |||
710 | <para>As a final process of the | ||
711 | <filename>devtool finish</filename> command, the state | ||
712 | of the standard layers and the upstream source is | ||
713 | restored so that you can build the recipe from those | ||
714 | areas rather than the workspace. | ||
715 | <note> | ||
716 | You can use the <filename>devtool reset</filename> | ||
717 | command to put things back should you decide you | ||
718 | do not want to proceed with your work. | ||
719 | If you do use this command, realize that the source | ||
720 | tree is preserved. | ||
721 | </note> | ||
722 | </para></listitem> | ||
723 | </orderedlist> | ||
724 | </para> | ||
725 | </section> | ||
726 | |||
727 | <section id='sdk-devtool-use-devtool-upgrade-to-create-a-version-of-the-recipe-that-supports-a-newer-version-of-the-software'> | ||
728 | <title>Use <filename>devtool upgrade</filename> to Create a Version of the Recipe that Supports a Newer Version of the Software</title> | ||
729 | |||
730 | <para> | ||
731 | The <filename>devtool upgrade</filename> command updates | ||
732 | an existing recipe so that you can build it for an updated | ||
733 | set of source files. | ||
734 | The command is flexible enough to allow you to specify | ||
735 | source code revision and versioning schemes, extract code into | ||
736 | or out of the <filename>devtool</filename> workspace, and | ||
737 | work with any source file forms that the fetchers support. | ||
738 | </para> | ||
739 | |||
740 | <para> | ||
741 | Depending on your particular scenario, the arguments and options | ||
742 | you use with <filename>devtool upgrade</filename> form different | ||
743 | combinations. | ||
744 | The following diagram shows a common development flow | ||
745 | you would use with the <filename>devtool modify</filename> | ||
746 | command: | ||
747 | </para> | ||
748 | |||
749 | <para> | ||
750 | <imagedata fileref="figures/sdk-devtool-upgrade-flow.png" align="center" /> | ||
751 | </para> | ||
752 | |||
753 | <para> | ||
754 | <orderedlist> | ||
755 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Initiate the Upgrade</emphasis>: | ||
756 | The top part of the flow shows a typical scenario by which | ||
757 | you could use <filename>devtool upgrade</filename>. | ||
758 | The following conditions exist: | ||
759 | <itemizedlist> | ||
760 | <listitem><para>The recipe exists in some layer external | ||
761 | to the <filename>devtool</filename> workspace. | ||
762 | </para></listitem> | ||
763 | <listitem><para>The source files for the new release | ||
764 | exist adjacent to the same location pointed to by | ||
765 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-SRC_URI'><filename>SRC_URI</filename></ulink> | ||
766 | in the recipe (e.g. a tarball with the new version | ||
767 | number in the name, or as a different revision in | ||
768 | the upstream Git repository). | ||
769 | </para></listitem> | ||
770 | </itemizedlist> | ||
771 | A common situation is where third-party software has | ||
772 | undergone a revision so that it has been upgraded. | ||
773 | The recipe you have access to is likely in your own layer. | ||
774 | Thus, you need to upgrade the recipe to use the | ||
775 | newer version of the software: | ||
776 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
777 | $ devtool upgrade -V <replaceable>version recipe</replaceable> | ||
778 | </literallayout> | ||
779 | By default, the <filename>devtool upgrade</filename> command | ||
780 | extracts source code into the <filename>sources</filename> | ||
781 | directory in the workspace. | ||
782 | If you want the code extracted to any other location, you | ||
783 | need to provide the <replaceable>srctree</replaceable> | ||
784 | positional argument with the command as follows: | ||
785 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
786 | $ devtool upgrade -V <replaceable>version recipe srctree</replaceable> | ||
787 | </literallayout> | ||
788 | Also, in this example, the "-V" option is used to specify | ||
789 | the new version. | ||
790 | If the source files pointed to by the | ||
791 | <filename>SRC_URI</filename> statement in the recipe are | ||
792 | in a Git repository, you must provide the "-S" option and | ||
793 | specify a revision for the software.</para> | ||
794 | |||
795 | <para>Once <filename>devtool</filename> locates the recipe, | ||
796 | it uses the <filename>SRC_URI</filename> variable to locate | ||
797 | the source code and any local patch files from other | ||
798 | developers are located. | ||
799 | The result is that the command sets up the source | ||
800 | code, the new version of the recipe, and an append file | ||
801 | all within the workspace. | ||
802 | </para></listitem> | ||
803 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Resolve any Conflicts created by the Upgrade</emphasis>: | ||
804 | At this point, there could be some conflicts due to the | ||
805 | software being upgraded to a new version. | ||
806 | This would occur if your recipe specifies some patch files in | ||
807 | <filename>SRC_URI</filename> that conflict with changes | ||
808 | made in the new version of the software. | ||
809 | If this is the case, you need to resolve the conflicts | ||
810 | by editing the source and following the normal | ||
811 | <filename>git rebase</filename> conflict resolution | ||
812 | process.</para> | ||
813 | <para>Before moving onto the next step, be sure to resolve any | ||
814 | such conflicts created through use of a newer or different | ||
815 | version of the software. | ||
816 | </para></listitem> | ||
817 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Build the Recipe</emphasis>: | ||
818 | Once you have your recipe in order, you can build it. | ||
819 | You can either use <filename>devtool build</filename> or | ||
820 | <filename>bitbake</filename>. | ||
821 | Either method produces build output that is stored | ||
822 | in | ||
823 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-TMPDIR'><filename>TMPDIR</filename></ulink>. | ||
824 | </para></listitem> | ||
825 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Deploy the Build Output</emphasis>: | ||
826 | When you use the <filename>devtool build</filename> | ||
827 | command or <filename>bitbake</filename> to build out your | ||
828 | recipe, you probably want to see if the resulting build | ||
829 | output works as expected on target hardware. | ||
830 | <note> | ||
831 | This step assumes you have a previously built | ||
832 | image that is already either running in QEMU or | ||
833 | running on actual hardware. | ||
834 | Also, it is assumed that for deployment of the image | ||
835 | to the target, SSH is installed in the image and if | ||
836 | the image is running on real hardware that you have | ||
837 | network access to and from your development machine. | ||
838 | </note> | ||
839 | You can deploy your build output to that target hardware by | ||
840 | using the <filename>devtool deploy-target</filename> command: | ||
841 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
842 | $ devtool deploy-target <replaceable>recipe target</replaceable> | ||
843 | </literallayout> | ||
844 | The <replaceable>target</replaceable> is a live target machine | ||
845 | running as an SSH server.</para> | ||
846 | <para>You can, of course, also deploy the image you build | ||
847 | using the <filename>devtool build-image</filename> command | ||
848 | to actual hardware. | ||
849 | However, <filename>devtool</filename> does not provide a | ||
850 | specific command that allows you to do this. | ||
851 | </para></listitem> | ||
852 | <listitem><para> | ||
853 | <emphasis>Finish Your Work With the Recipe</emphasis>: | ||
854 | The <filename>devtool finish</filename> command creates | ||
855 | any patches corresponding to commits in the local | ||
856 | Git repository, updates the recipe to point to them | ||
857 | (or creates a <filename>.bbappend</filename> file to do | ||
858 | so, depending on the specified destination layer), and | ||
859 | then resets the recipe so that the recipe is built normally | ||
860 | rather than from the workspace. | ||
861 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
862 | $ devtool finish <replaceable>recipe layer</replaceable> | ||
863 | </literallayout> | ||
864 | <note> | ||
865 | Any changes you want to turn into patches must be | ||
866 | committed to the Git repository in the source tree. | ||
867 | </note></para> | ||
868 | <para>Because there is no need to move the recipe, | ||
869 | <filename>devtool finish</filename> either updates the | ||
870 | original recipe in the original layer or the command | ||
871 | creates a <filename>.bbappend</filename> in a different | ||
872 | layer as provided by <replaceable>layer</replaceable>. | ||
873 | </para> | ||
874 | <para>As a final process of the | ||
875 | <filename>devtool finish</filename> command, the state | ||
876 | of the standard layers and the upstream source is | ||
877 | restored so that you can build the recipe from those | ||
878 | areas rather than the workspace. | ||
879 | <note> | ||
880 | You can use the <filename>devtool reset</filename> | ||
881 | command to put things back should you decide you | ||
882 | do not want to proceed with your work. | ||
883 | If you do use this command, realize that the source | ||
884 | tree is preserved. | ||
885 | </note> | ||
886 | </para></listitem> | ||
887 | </orderedlist> | ||
888 | </para> | ||
889 | </section> | ||
956 | </section> | 890 | </section> |
957 | 891 | ||
958 | <section id='sdk-adding-makefile-only-software'> | 892 | <section id='sdk-a-closer-look-at-devtool-add'> |
959 | <title>Adding Makefile-Only Software</title> | 893 | <title>A Closer Look at <filename>devtool add</filename></title> |
960 | |||
961 | <para> | ||
962 | The use of <filename>make</filename> by itself is very common | ||
963 | in both proprietary and open source software. | ||
964 | Unfortunately, Makefiles are often not written with | ||
965 | cross-compilation in mind. | ||
966 | Thus, <filename>devtool add</filename> often cannot do very | ||
967 | much to ensure that these Makefiles build correctly. | ||
968 | It is very common, for example, to explicitly call | ||
969 | <filename>gcc</filename> instead of using the | ||
970 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-CC'><filename>CC</filename></ulink> | ||
971 | variable. | ||
972 | Usually, in a cross-compilation environment, | ||
973 | <filename>gcc</filename> is the compiler for the build host | ||
974 | and the cross-compiler is named something similar to | ||
975 | <filename>arm-poky-linux-gnueabi-gcc</filename> and might | ||
976 | require some arguments (e.g. to point to the associated sysroot | ||
977 | for the target machine). | ||
978 | </para> | ||
979 | 894 | ||
980 | <para> | 895 | <para> |
981 | When writing a recipe for Makefile-only software, keep the | 896 | The <filename>devtool add</filename> command automatically creates a |
982 | following in mind: | 897 | recipe based on the source tree with which you provide it. |
898 | Currently, the command has support for the following: | ||
983 | <itemizedlist> | 899 | <itemizedlist> |
984 | <listitem><para> | 900 | <listitem><para> |
985 | You probably need to patch the Makefile to use | 901 | Autotools (<filename>autoconf</filename> and |
986 | variables instead of hardcoding tools within the | 902 | <filename>automake</filename>) |
987 | toolchain such as <filename>gcc</filename> and | ||
988 | <filename>g++</filename>. | ||
989 | </para></listitem> | 903 | </para></listitem> |
990 | <listitem><para> | 904 | <listitem><para> |
991 | The environment in which <filename>make</filename> runs | 905 | CMake |
992 | is set up with various standard variables for | ||
993 | compilation (e.g. <filename>CC</filename>, | ||
994 | <filename>CXX</filename>, and so forth) in a similar | ||
995 | manner to the environment set up by the SDK's | ||
996 | environment setup script. | ||
997 | One easy way to see these variables is to run the | ||
998 | <filename>devtool build</filename> command on the | ||
999 | recipe and then look in | ||
1000 | <filename>oe-logs/run.do_compile</filename>. | ||
1001 | Towards the top of this file you will see a list of | ||
1002 | environment variables that are being set. | ||
1003 | You can take advantage of these variables within the | ||
1004 | Makefile. | ||
1005 | </para></listitem> | 906 | </para></listitem> |
1006 | <listitem><para> | 907 | <listitem><para> |
1007 | If the Makefile sets a default for a variable using "=", | 908 | Scons |
1008 | that default overrides the value set in the environment, | ||
1009 | which is usually not desirable. | ||
1010 | In this situation, you can either patch the Makefile | ||
1011 | so it sets the default using the "?=" operator, or | ||
1012 | you can alternatively force the value on the | ||
1013 | <filename>make</filename> command line. | ||
1014 | To force the value on the command line, add the | ||
1015 | variable setting to | ||
1016 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-EXTRA_OEMAKE'><filename>EXTRA_OEMAKE</filename></ulink> | ||
1017 | or | ||
1018 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-PACKAGECONFIG_CONFARGS'><filename>PACKAGECONFIG_CONFARGS</filename></ulink> | ||
1019 | within the recipe. | ||
1020 | Here is an example using <filename>EXTRA_OEMAKE</filename>: | ||
1021 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
1022 | EXTRA_OEMAKE += "'CC=${CC}' 'CXX=${CXX}'" | ||
1023 | </literallayout> | ||
1024 | In the above example, single quotes are used around the | ||
1025 | variable settings as the values are likely to contain | ||
1026 | spaces because required default options are passed to | ||
1027 | the compiler. | ||
1028 | </para></listitem> | 909 | </para></listitem> |
1029 | <listitem><para> | 910 | <listitem><para> |
1030 | Hardcoding paths inside Makefiles is often problematic | 911 | <filename>qmake</filename> |
1031 | in a cross-compilation environment. | ||
1032 | This is particularly true because those hardcoded paths | ||
1033 | often point to locations on the build host and thus | ||
1034 | will either be read-only or will introduce | ||
1035 | contamination into the cross-compilation by virtue of | ||
1036 | being specific to the build host rather than the target. | ||
1037 | Patching the Makefile to use prefix variables or other | ||
1038 | path variables is usually the way to handle this. | ||
1039 | </para></listitem> | 912 | </para></listitem> |
1040 | <listitem><para> | 913 | <listitem><para> |
1041 | Sometimes a Makefile runs target-specific commands such | 914 | Plain <filename>Makefile</filename> |
1042 | as <filename>ldconfig</filename>. | 915 | </para></listitem> |
1043 | For such cases, you might be able to simply apply | 916 | <listitem><para> |
1044 | patches that remove these commands from the Makefile. | 917 | Out-of-tree kernel module |
918 | </para></listitem> | ||
919 | <listitem><para> | ||
920 | Binary package (i.e. "-b" option) | ||
1045 | </para></listitem> | 921 | </para></listitem> |
1046 | </itemizedlist> | ||
1047 | </para> | ||
1048 | </section> | ||
1049 | |||
1050 | <section id='sdk-adding-native-tools'> | ||
1051 | <title>Adding Native Tools</title> | ||
1052 | |||
1053 | <para> | ||
1054 | Often, you need to build additional tools that run on the | ||
1055 | build host system as opposed to the target. | ||
1056 | You should indicate this using one of the following methods | ||
1057 | when you run <filename>devtool add</filename>: | ||
1058 | <itemizedlist> | ||
1059 | <listitem><para> | 922 | <listitem><para> |
1060 | Specify the name of the recipe such that it ends | 923 | Node.js module |
1061 | with "-native". | ||
1062 | Specifying the name like this produces a recipe that | ||
1063 | only builds for the build host. | ||
1064 | </para></listitem> | 924 | </para></listitem> |
1065 | <listitem><para> | 925 | <listitem><para> |
1066 | Specify the "‐‐also-native" option with the | 926 | Python modules that use <filename>setuptools</filename> |
1067 | <filename>devtool add</filename> command. | 927 | or <filename>distutils</filename> |
1068 | Specifying this option creates a recipe file that still | ||
1069 | builds for the target but also creates a variant with | ||
1070 | a "-native" suffix that builds for the build host. | ||
1071 | </para></listitem> | 928 | </para></listitem> |
1072 | </itemizedlist> | 929 | </itemizedlist> |
930 | </para> | ||
931 | |||
932 | <para> | ||
933 | Apart from binary packages, the determination of how a source tree | ||
934 | should be treated is automatic based on the files present within | ||
935 | that source tree. | ||
936 | For example, if a <filename>CMakeLists.txt</filename> file is found, | ||
937 | then the source tree is assumed to be using | ||
938 | CMake and is treated accordingly. | ||
1073 | <note> | 939 | <note> |
1074 | If you need to add a tool that is shipped as part of a | 940 | In most cases, you need to edit the automatically generated |
1075 | source tree that builds code for the target, you can | 941 | recipe in order to make it build properly. |
1076 | typically accomplish this by building the native and target | 942 | Typically, you would go through several edit and build cycles |
1077 | parts separately rather than within the same compilation | 943 | until you can build the recipe. |
1078 | process. | 944 | Once the recipe can be built, you could use possible further |
1079 | Realize though that with the "‐‐also-native" option, you | 945 | iterations to test the recipe on the target device. |
1080 | can add the tool using just one recipe file. | ||
1081 | </note> | 946 | </note> |
1082 | </para> | 947 | </para> |
1083 | </section> | ||
1084 | |||
1085 | <section id='sdk-adding-node-js-modules'> | ||
1086 | <title>Adding Node.js Modules</title> | ||
1087 | 948 | ||
1088 | <para> | 949 | <para> |
1089 | You can use the <filename>devtool add</filename> command two | 950 | The remainder of this section covers specifics regarding how parts |
1090 | different ways to add Node.js modules: 1) Through | 951 | of the recipe are generated. |
1091 | <filename>npm</filename> and, 2) from a repository or local | ||
1092 | source. | ||
1093 | </para> | 952 | </para> |
1094 | 953 | ||
1095 | <para> | 954 | <section id='sdk-name-and-version'> |
1096 | Use the following form to add Node.js modules through | 955 | <title>Name and Version</title> |
1097 | <filename>npm</filename>: | 956 | |
1098 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | 957 | <para> |
1099 | $ devtool add "npm://registry.npmjs.org;name=forever;version=0.15.1" | 958 | If you do not specify a name and version on the command |
1100 | </literallayout> | 959 | line, <filename>devtool add</filename> attempts to determine |
1101 | The name and version parameters are mandatory. | 960 | the name and version of the software being built from |
1102 | Lockdown and shrinkwrap files are generated and pointed to by | 961 | various metadata within the source tree. |
1103 | the recipe in order to freeze the version that is fetched for | 962 | Furthermore, the command sets the name of the created recipe |
1104 | the dependencies according to the first time. | 963 | file accordingly. |
1105 | This also saves checksums that are verified on future fetches. | 964 | If the name or version cannot be determined, the |
1106 | Together, these behaviors ensure the reproducibility and | 965 | <filename>devtool add</filename> command prints an error and |
1107 | integrity of the build. | 966 | you must re-run the command with both the name and version |
1108 | <note><title>Notes</title> | 967 | or just the name or version specified. |
968 | </para> | ||
969 | |||
970 | <para> | ||
971 | Sometimes the name or version determined from the source tree | ||
972 | might be incorrect. | ||
973 | For such a case, you must reset the recipe: | ||
974 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
975 | $ devtool reset -n <replaceable>recipename</replaceable> | ||
976 | </literallayout> | ||
977 | After running the <filename>devtool reset</filename> command, | ||
978 | you need to run <filename>devtool add</filename> again and | ||
979 | provide the name or the version. | ||
980 | </para> | ||
981 | </section> | ||
982 | |||
983 | <section id='sdk-dependency-detection-and-mapping'> | ||
984 | <title>Dependency Detection and Mapping</title> | ||
985 | |||
986 | <para> | ||
987 | The <filename>devtool add</filename> command attempts to | ||
988 | detect build-time dependencies and map them to other recipes | ||
989 | in the system. | ||
990 | During this mapping, the command fills in the names of those | ||
991 | recipes in the | ||
992 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-DEPENDS'><filename>DEPENDS</filename></ulink> | ||
993 | value within the recipe. | ||
994 | If a dependency cannot be mapped, then a comment is placed in | ||
995 | the recipe indicating such. | ||
996 | The inability to map a dependency might be caused because the | ||
997 | naming is not recognized or because the dependency simply is | ||
998 | not available. | ||
999 | For cases where the dependency is not available, you must use | ||
1000 | the <filename>devtool add</filename> command to add an | ||
1001 | additional recipe to satisfy the dependency and then come | ||
1002 | back to the first recipe and add its name to | ||
1003 | <filename>DEPENDS</filename>. | ||
1004 | </para> | ||
1005 | |||
1006 | <para> | ||
1007 | If you need to add runtime dependencies, you can do so by | ||
1008 | adding the following to your recipe: | ||
1009 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
1010 | RDEPENDS_${PN} += "dependency1 dependency2 ..." | ||
1011 | </literallayout> | ||
1012 | <note> | ||
1013 | The <filename>devtool add</filename> command often cannot | ||
1014 | distinguish between mandatory and optional dependencies. | ||
1015 | Consequently, some of the detected dependencies might | ||
1016 | in fact be optional. | ||
1017 | When in doubt, consult the documentation or the configure | ||
1018 | script for the software the recipe is building for further | ||
1019 | details. | ||
1020 | In some cases, you might find you can substitute the | ||
1021 | dependency for an option to disable the associated | ||
1022 | functionality passed to the configure script. | ||
1023 | </note> | ||
1024 | </para> | ||
1025 | </section> | ||
1026 | |||
1027 | <section id='sdk-license-detection'> | ||
1028 | <title>License Detection</title> | ||
1029 | |||
1030 | <para> | ||
1031 | The <filename>devtool add</filename> command attempts to | ||
1032 | determine if the software you are adding is able to be | ||
1033 | distributed under a common open-source license and sets the | ||
1034 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-LICENSE'><filename>LICENSE</filename></ulink> | ||
1035 | value accordingly. | ||
1036 | You should double-check this value against the documentation | ||
1037 | or source files for the software you are building and update | ||
1038 | that <filename>LICENSE</filename> value if necessary. | ||
1039 | </para> | ||
1040 | |||
1041 | <para> | ||
1042 | The <filename>devtool add</filename> command also sets the | ||
1043 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-LIC_FILES_CHKSUM'><filename>LIC_FILES_CHKSUM</filename></ulink> | ||
1044 | value to point to all files that appear to be license-related. | ||
1045 | However, license statements often appear in comments at the top | ||
1046 | of source files or within documentation. | ||
1047 | Consequently, you might need to amend the | ||
1048 | <filename>LIC_FILES_CHKSUM</filename> variable to point to one | ||
1049 | or more of those comments if present. | ||
1050 | Setting <filename>LIC_FILES_CHKSUM</filename> is particularly | ||
1051 | important for third-party software. | ||
1052 | The mechanism attempts to ensure correct licensing should you | ||
1053 | upgrade the recipe to a newer upstream version in future. | ||
1054 | Any change in licensing is detected and you receive an error | ||
1055 | prompting you to check the license text again. | ||
1056 | </para> | ||
1057 | |||
1058 | <para> | ||
1059 | If the <filename>devtool add</filename> command cannot | ||
1060 | determine licensing information, the | ||
1061 | <filename>LICENSE</filename> value is set to "CLOSED" and the | ||
1062 | <filename>LIC_FILES_CHKSUM</filename> value remains unset. | ||
1063 | This behavior allows you to continue with development but is | ||
1064 | unlikely to be correct in all cases. | ||
1065 | Consequently, you should check the documentation or source | ||
1066 | files for the software you are building to determine the actual | ||
1067 | license. | ||
1068 | </para> | ||
1069 | </section> | ||
1070 | |||
1071 | <section id='sdk-adding-makefile-only-software'> | ||
1072 | <title>Adding Makefile-Only Software</title> | ||
1073 | |||
1074 | <para> | ||
1075 | The use of <filename>make</filename> by itself is very common | ||
1076 | in both proprietary and open source software. | ||
1077 | Unfortunately, Makefiles are often not written with | ||
1078 | cross-compilation in mind. | ||
1079 | Thus, <filename>devtool add</filename> often cannot do very | ||
1080 | much to ensure that these Makefiles build correctly. | ||
1081 | It is very common, for example, to explicitly call | ||
1082 | <filename>gcc</filename> instead of using the | ||
1083 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-CC'><filename>CC</filename></ulink> | ||
1084 | variable. | ||
1085 | Usually, in a cross-compilation environment, | ||
1086 | <filename>gcc</filename> is the compiler for the build host | ||
1087 | and the cross-compiler is named something similar to | ||
1088 | <filename>arm-poky-linux-gnueabi-gcc</filename> and might | ||
1089 | require some arguments (e.g. to point to the associated sysroot | ||
1090 | for the target machine). | ||
1091 | </para> | ||
1092 | |||
1093 | <para> | ||
1094 | When writing a recipe for Makefile-only software, keep the | ||
1095 | following in mind: | ||
1109 | <itemizedlist> | 1096 | <itemizedlist> |
1110 | <listitem><para> | 1097 | <listitem><para> |
1111 | You must use quotes around the URL. | 1098 | You probably need to patch the Makefile to use |
1112 | The <filename>devtool add</filename> does not require | 1099 | variables instead of hardcoding tools within the |
1113 | the quotes, but the shell considers ";" as a splitter | 1100 | toolchain such as <filename>gcc</filename> and |
1114 | between multiple commands. | 1101 | <filename>g++</filename>. |
1115 | Thus, without the quotes, | ||
1116 | <filename>devtool add</filename> does not receive the | ||
1117 | other parts, which results in several "command not | ||
1118 | found" errors. | ||
1119 | </para></listitem> | 1102 | </para></listitem> |
1120 | <listitem><para> | 1103 | <listitem><para> |
1121 | In order to support adding | 1104 | The environment in which <filename>make</filename> runs |
1122 | Node.js modules, a | 1105 | is set up with various standard variables for |
1123 | <filename>nodejs</filename> recipe must be part of your | 1106 | compilation (e.g. <filename>CC</filename>, |
1124 | SDK in order to provide Node.js | 1107 | <filename>CXX</filename>, and so forth) in a similar |
1125 | itself. | 1108 | manner to the environment set up by the SDK's |
1109 | environment setup script. | ||
1110 | One easy way to see these variables is to run the | ||
1111 | <filename>devtool build</filename> command on the | ||
1112 | recipe and then look in | ||
1113 | <filename>oe-logs/run.do_compile</filename>. | ||
1114 | Towards the top of this file you will see a list of | ||
1115 | environment variables that are being set. | ||
1116 | You can take advantage of these variables within the | ||
1117 | Makefile. | ||
1118 | </para></listitem> | ||
1119 | <listitem><para> | ||
1120 | If the Makefile sets a default for a variable using "=", | ||
1121 | that default overrides the value set in the environment, | ||
1122 | which is usually not desirable. | ||
1123 | In this situation, you can either patch the Makefile | ||
1124 | so it sets the default using the "?=" operator, or | ||
1125 | you can alternatively force the value on the | ||
1126 | <filename>make</filename> command line. | ||
1127 | To force the value on the command line, add the | ||
1128 | variable setting to | ||
1129 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-EXTRA_OEMAKE'><filename>EXTRA_OEMAKE</filename></ulink> | ||
1130 | or | ||
1131 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-PACKAGECONFIG_CONFARGS'><filename>PACKAGECONFIG_CONFARGS</filename></ulink> | ||
1132 | within the recipe. | ||
1133 | Here is an example using <filename>EXTRA_OEMAKE</filename>: | ||
1134 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
1135 | EXTRA_OEMAKE += "'CC=${CC}' 'CXX=${CXX}'" | ||
1136 | </literallayout> | ||
1137 | In the above example, single quotes are used around the | ||
1138 | variable settings as the values are likely to contain | ||
1139 | spaces because required default options are passed to | ||
1140 | the compiler. | ||
1141 | </para></listitem> | ||
1142 | <listitem><para> | ||
1143 | Hardcoding paths inside Makefiles is often problematic | ||
1144 | in a cross-compilation environment. | ||
1145 | This is particularly true because those hardcoded paths | ||
1146 | often point to locations on the build host and thus | ||
1147 | will either be read-only or will introduce | ||
1148 | contamination into the cross-compilation by virtue of | ||
1149 | being specific to the build host rather than the target. | ||
1150 | Patching the Makefile to use prefix variables or other | ||
1151 | path variables is usually the way to handle this. | ||
1152 | </para></listitem> | ||
1153 | <listitem><para> | ||
1154 | Sometimes a Makefile runs target-specific commands such | ||
1155 | as <filename>ldconfig</filename>. | ||
1156 | For such cases, you might be able to simply apply | ||
1157 | patches that remove these commands from the Makefile. | ||
1126 | </para></listitem> | 1158 | </para></listitem> |
1127 | </itemizedlist> | 1159 | </itemizedlist> |
1128 | </note> | 1160 | </para> |
1129 | </para> | 1161 | </section> |
1130 | 1162 | ||
1131 | <para> | 1163 | <section id='sdk-adding-native-tools'> |
1132 | As mentioned earlier, you can also add Node.js modules | 1164 | <title>Adding Native Tools</title> |
1133 | directly from a repository or local source tree. | ||
1134 | To add modules this way, use <filename>devtool add</filename> in | ||
1135 | the following form: | ||
1136 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
1137 | $ devtool add https://github.com/diversario/node-ssdp | ||
1138 | </literallayout> | ||
1139 | In this example, <filename>devtool</filename> fetches the specified | ||
1140 | Git repository, detects that the code is Node.js code, fetches | ||
1141 | dependencies using <filename>npm</filename>, and sets | ||
1142 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-SRC_URI'><filename>SRC_URI</filename></ulink> | ||
1143 | accordingly. | ||
1144 | </para> | ||
1145 | </section> | ||
1146 | </section> | ||
1147 | 1165 | ||
1148 | <section id='sdk-working-with-recipes'> | 1166 | <para> |
1149 | <title>Working With Recipes</title> | 1167 | Often, you need to build additional tools that run on the |
1150 | 1168 | build host system as opposed to the target. | |
1151 | <para> | 1169 | You should indicate this using one of the following methods |
1152 | When building a recipe with <filename>devtool build</filename> the | 1170 | when you run <filename>devtool add</filename>: |
1153 | typical build progression is as follows: | 1171 | <itemizedlist> |
1154 | <orderedlist> | 1172 | <listitem><para> |
1155 | <listitem><para> | 1173 | Specify the name of the recipe such that it ends |
1156 | Fetch the source | 1174 | with "-native". |
1157 | </para></listitem> | 1175 | Specifying the name like this produces a recipe that |
1158 | <listitem><para> | 1176 | only builds for the build host. |
1159 | Unpack the source | 1177 | </para></listitem> |
1160 | </para></listitem> | 1178 | <listitem><para> |
1161 | <listitem><para> | 1179 | Specify the "‐‐also-native" option with the |
1162 | Configure the source | 1180 | <filename>devtool add</filename> command. |
1163 | </para></listitem> | 1181 | Specifying this option creates a recipe file that still |
1164 | <listitem><para> | 1182 | builds for the target but also creates a variant with |
1165 | Compiling the source | 1183 | a "-native" suffix that builds for the build host. |
1166 | </para></listitem> | 1184 | </para></listitem> |
1167 | <listitem><para> | 1185 | </itemizedlist> |
1168 | Install the build output | 1186 | <note> |
1169 | </para></listitem> | 1187 | If you need to add a tool that is shipped as part of a |
1170 | <listitem><para> | 1188 | source tree that builds code for the target, you can |
1171 | Package the installed output | 1189 | typically accomplish this by building the native and target |
1172 | </para></listitem> | 1190 | parts separately rather than within the same compilation |
1173 | </orderedlist> | 1191 | process. |
1174 | For recipes in the workspace, fetching and unpacking is disabled | 1192 | Realize though that with the "‐‐also-native" option, you |
1175 | as the source tree has already been prepared and is persistent. | 1193 | can add the tool using just one recipe file. |
1176 | Each of these build steps is defined as a function, usually with a | 1194 | </note> |
1177 | "do_" prefix. | 1195 | </para> |
1178 | These functions are typically shell scripts but can instead be written | 1196 | </section> |
1179 | in Python. | 1197 | |
1180 | </para> | 1198 | <section id='sdk-adding-node-js-modules'> |
1181 | 1199 | <title>Adding Node.js Modules</title> | |
1182 | <para> | 1200 | |
1183 | If you look at the contents of a recipe, you will see that the | 1201 | <para> |
1184 | recipe does not include complete instructions for building the | 1202 | You can use the <filename>devtool add</filename> command two |
1185 | software. | 1203 | different ways to add Node.js modules: 1) Through |
1186 | Instead, common functionality is encapsulated in classes inherited | 1204 | <filename>npm</filename> and, 2) from a repository or local |
1187 | with the <filename>inherit</filename> directive, leaving the recipe | 1205 | source. |
1188 | to describe just the things that are specific to the software to be | 1206 | </para> |
1189 | built. | 1207 | |
1190 | A <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#ref-classes-base'><filename>base</filename></ulink> | 1208 | <para> |
1191 | class exists that is implicitly inherited by all recipes and provides | 1209 | Use the following form to add Node.js modules through |
1192 | the functionality that most typical recipes need. | 1210 | <filename>npm</filename>: |
1193 | </para> | 1211 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> |
1194 | 1212 | $ devtool add "npm://registry.npmjs.org;name=forever;version=0.15.1" | |
1195 | <para> | 1213 | </literallayout> |
1196 | The remainder of this section presents information useful when | 1214 | The name and version parameters are mandatory. |
1197 | working with recipes. | 1215 | Lockdown and shrinkwrap files are generated and pointed to by |
1198 | </para> | 1216 | the recipe in order to freeze the version that is fetched for |
1217 | the dependencies according to the first time. | ||
1218 | This also saves checksums that are verified on future fetches. | ||
1219 | Together, these behaviors ensure the reproducibility and | ||
1220 | integrity of the build. | ||
1221 | <note><title>Notes</title> | ||
1222 | <itemizedlist> | ||
1223 | <listitem><para> | ||
1224 | You must use quotes around the URL. | ||
1225 | The <filename>devtool add</filename> does not require | ||
1226 | the quotes, but the shell considers ";" as a splitter | ||
1227 | between multiple commands. | ||
1228 | Thus, without the quotes, | ||
1229 | <filename>devtool add</filename> does not receive the | ||
1230 | other parts, which results in several "command not | ||
1231 | found" errors. | ||
1232 | </para></listitem> | ||
1233 | <listitem><para> | ||
1234 | In order to support adding | ||
1235 | Node.js modules, a | ||
1236 | <filename>nodejs</filename> recipe must be part of your | ||
1237 | SDK in order to provide Node.js | ||
1238 | itself. | ||
1239 | </para></listitem> | ||
1240 | </itemizedlist> | ||
1241 | </note> | ||
1242 | </para> | ||
1199 | 1243 | ||
1200 | <section id='sdk-finding-logs-and-work-files'> | 1244 | <para> |
1201 | <title>Finding Logs and Work Files</title> | 1245 | As mentioned earlier, you can also add Node.js modules |
1246 | directly from a repository or local source tree. | ||
1247 | To add modules this way, use <filename>devtool add</filename> in | ||
1248 | the following form: | ||
1249 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
1250 | $ devtool add https://github.com/diversario/node-ssdp | ||
1251 | </literallayout> | ||
1252 | In this example, <filename>devtool</filename> fetches the specified | ||
1253 | Git repository, detects that the code is Node.js code, fetches | ||
1254 | dependencies using <filename>npm</filename>, and sets | ||
1255 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-SRC_URI'><filename>SRC_URI</filename></ulink> | ||
1256 | accordingly. | ||
1257 | </para> | ||
1258 | </section> | ||
1259 | </section> | ||
1202 | 1260 | ||
1203 | <para> | 1261 | <section id='sdk-working-with-recipes'> |
1204 | When you are debugging a recipe that you previously created using | 1262 | <title>Working With Recipes</title> |
1205 | <filename>devtool add</filename> or whose source you are modifying | ||
1206 | by using the <filename>devtool modify</filename> command, after | ||
1207 | the first run of <filename>devtool build</filename>, you will | ||
1208 | find some symbolic links created within the source tree: | ||
1209 | <filename>oe-logs</filename>, which points to the directory in | ||
1210 | which log files and run scripts for each build step are created | ||
1211 | and <filename>oe-workdir</filename>, which points to the temporary | ||
1212 | work area for the recipe. | ||
1213 | You can use these links to get more information on what is | ||
1214 | happening at each build step. | ||
1215 | </para> | ||
1216 | 1263 | ||
1217 | <para> | 1264 | <para> |
1218 | These locations under <filename>oe-workdir</filename> are | 1265 | When building a recipe with <filename>devtool build</filename> the |
1219 | particularly useful: | 1266 | typical build progression is as follows: |
1220 | <itemizedlist> | 1267 | <orderedlist> |
1221 | <listitem><para><filename>image/</filename>: | 1268 | <listitem><para> |
1222 | Contains all of the files installed at the | 1269 | Fetch the source |
1223 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#ref-tasks-install'><filename>do_install</filename></ulink> | ||
1224 | stage. | ||
1225 | Within a recipe, this directory is referred to by the | ||
1226 | expression | ||
1227 | <filename>${</filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-D'><filename>D</filename></ulink><filename>}</filename>. | ||
1228 | </para></listitem> | 1270 | </para></listitem> |
1229 | <listitem><para><filename>sysroot-destdir/</filename>: | 1271 | <listitem><para> |
1230 | Contains a subset of files installed within | 1272 | Unpack the source |
1231 | <filename>do_install</filename> that have been put into the | ||
1232 | shared sysroot. | ||
1233 | For more information, see the | ||
1234 | "<link linkend='sdk-sharing-files-between-recipes'>Sharing Files Between Recipes</link>" | ||
1235 | section. | ||
1236 | </para></listitem> | 1273 | </para></listitem> |
1237 | <listitem><para><filename>packages-split/</filename>: | 1274 | <listitem><para> |
1238 | Contains subdirectories for each package produced by the | 1275 | Configure the source |
1239 | recipe. | ||
1240 | For more information, see the | ||
1241 | "<link linkend='sdk-packaging'>Packaging</link>" section. | ||
1242 | </para></listitem> | 1276 | </para></listitem> |
1243 | </itemizedlist> | 1277 | <listitem><para> |
1244 | </para> | 1278 | Compiling the source |
1245 | </section> | 1279 | </para></listitem> |
1246 | 1280 | <listitem><para> | |
1247 | <section id='sdk-setting-configure-arguments'> | 1281 | Install the build output |
1248 | <title>Setting Configure Arguments</title> | 1282 | </para></listitem> |
1249 | 1283 | <listitem><para> | |
1250 | <para> | 1284 | Package the installed output |
1251 | If the software your recipe is building uses GNU autoconf, | 1285 | </para></listitem> |
1252 | then a fixed set of arguments is passed to it to enable | 1286 | </orderedlist> |
1253 | cross-compilation plus any extras specified by | 1287 | For recipes in the workspace, fetching and unpacking is disabled |
1254 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-EXTRA_OECONF'><filename>EXTRA_OECONF</filename></ulink> | 1288 | as the source tree has already been prepared and is persistent. |
1255 | or | 1289 | Each of these build steps is defined as a function, usually with a |
1256 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-PACKAGECONFIG_CONFARGS'><filename>PACKAGECONFIG_CONFARGS</filename></ulink> | 1290 | "do_" prefix. |
1257 | set within the recipe. | 1291 | These functions are typically shell scripts but can instead be written |
1258 | If you wish to pass additional options, add them to | 1292 | in Python. |
1259 | <filename>EXTRA_OECONF</filename> or | ||
1260 | <filename>PACKAGECONFIG_CONFARGS</filename>. | ||
1261 | Other supported build tools have similar variables | ||
1262 | (e.g. | ||
1263 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-EXTRA_OECMAKE'><filename>EXTRA_OECMAKE</filename></ulink> | ||
1264 | for CMake, | ||
1265 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-EXTRA_OESCONS'><filename>EXTRA_OESCONS</filename></ulink> | ||
1266 | for Scons, and so forth). | ||
1267 | If you need to pass anything on the <filename>make</filename> | ||
1268 | command line, you can use <filename>EXTRA_OEMAKE</filename> or the | ||
1269 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-PACKAGECONFIG_CONFARGS'><filename>PACKAGECONFIG_CONFARGS</filename></ulink> | ||
1270 | variables to do so. | ||
1271 | </para> | 1293 | </para> |
1272 | 1294 | ||
1273 | <para> | 1295 | <para> |
1274 | You can use the <filename>devtool configure-help</filename> command | 1296 | If you look at the contents of a recipe, you will see that the |
1275 | to help you set the arguments listed in the previous paragraph. | 1297 | recipe does not include complete instructions for building the |
1276 | The command determines the exact options being passed, and shows | 1298 | software. |
1277 | them to you along with any custom arguments specified through | 1299 | Instead, common functionality is encapsulated in classes inherited |
1278 | <filename>EXTRA_OECONF</filename> or | 1300 | with the <filename>inherit</filename> directive, leaving the recipe |
1279 | <filename>PACKAGECONFIG_CONFARGS</filename>. | 1301 | to describe just the things that are specific to the software to be |
1280 | If applicable, the command also shows you the output of the | 1302 | built. |
1281 | configure script's "‐‐help" option as a reference. | 1303 | A <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#ref-classes-base'><filename>base</filename></ulink> |
1304 | class exists that is implicitly inherited by all recipes and provides | ||
1305 | the functionality that most typical recipes need. | ||
1282 | </para> | 1306 | </para> |
1283 | </section> | ||
1284 | |||
1285 | <section id='sdk-sharing-files-between-recipes'> | ||
1286 | <title>Sharing Files Between Recipes</title> | ||
1287 | 1307 | ||
1288 | <para> | 1308 | <para> |
1289 | Recipes often need to use files provided by other recipes on | 1309 | The remainder of this section presents information useful when |
1290 | the build host. | 1310 | working with recipes. |
1291 | For example, an application linking to a common library needs | ||
1292 | access to the library itself and its associated headers. | ||
1293 | The way this access is accomplished within the extensible SDK is | ||
1294 | through the sysroot. | ||
1295 | One sysroot exists per "machine" for which the SDK is being built. | ||
1296 | In practical terms, this means a sysroot exists for the target | ||
1297 | machine, and a sysroot exists for the build host. | ||
1298 | </para> | 1311 | </para> |
1299 | 1312 | ||
1300 | <para> | 1313 | <section id='sdk-finding-logs-and-work-files'> |
1301 | Recipes should never write files directly into the sysroot. | 1314 | <title>Finding Logs and Work Files</title> |
1302 | Instead, files should be installed into standard locations | 1315 | |
1303 | during the | 1316 | <para> |
1304 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#ref-tasks-install'><filename>do_install</filename></ulink> | 1317 | When you are debugging a recipe that you previously created using |
1305 | task within the | 1318 | <filename>devtool add</filename> or whose source you are modifying |
1306 | <filename>${</filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-D'><filename>D</filename></ulink><filename>}</filename> | 1319 | by using the <filename>devtool modify</filename> command, after |
1307 | directory. | 1320 | the first run of <filename>devtool build</filename>, you will |
1308 | A subset of these files automatically go into the sysroot. | 1321 | find some symbolic links created within the source tree: |
1309 | The reason for this limitation is that almost all files that go | 1322 | <filename>oe-logs</filename>, which points to the directory in |
1310 | into the sysroot are cataloged in manifests in order to ensure | 1323 | which log files and run scripts for each build step are created |
1311 | they can be removed later when a recipe is modified or removed. | 1324 | and <filename>oe-workdir</filename>, which points to the temporary |
1312 | Thus, the sysroot is able to remain free from stale files. | 1325 | work area for the recipe. |
1313 | </para> | 1326 | You can use these links to get more information on what is |
1327 | happening at each build step. | ||
1328 | </para> | ||
1329 | |||
1330 | <para> | ||
1331 | These locations under <filename>oe-workdir</filename> are | ||
1332 | particularly useful: | ||
1333 | <itemizedlist> | ||
1334 | <listitem><para><filename>image/</filename>: | ||
1335 | Contains all of the files installed at the | ||
1336 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#ref-tasks-install'><filename>do_install</filename></ulink> | ||
1337 | stage. | ||
1338 | Within a recipe, this directory is referred to by the | ||
1339 | expression | ||
1340 | <filename>${</filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-D'><filename>D</filename></ulink><filename>}</filename>. | ||
1341 | </para></listitem> | ||
1342 | <listitem><para><filename>sysroot-destdir/</filename>: | ||
1343 | Contains a subset of files installed within | ||
1344 | <filename>do_install</filename> that have been put into the | ||
1345 | shared sysroot. | ||
1346 | For more information, see the | ||
1347 | "<link linkend='sdk-sharing-files-between-recipes'>Sharing Files Between Recipes</link>" | ||
1348 | section. | ||
1349 | </para></listitem> | ||
1350 | <listitem><para><filename>packages-split/</filename>: | ||
1351 | Contains subdirectories for each package produced by the | ||
1352 | recipe. | ||
1353 | For more information, see the | ||
1354 | "<link linkend='sdk-packaging'>Packaging</link>" section. | ||
1355 | </para></listitem> | ||
1356 | </itemizedlist> | ||
1357 | </para> | ||
1358 | </section> | ||
1359 | |||
1360 | <section id='sdk-setting-configure-arguments'> | ||
1361 | <title>Setting Configure Arguments</title> | ||
1362 | |||
1363 | <para> | ||
1364 | If the software your recipe is building uses GNU autoconf, | ||
1365 | then a fixed set of arguments is passed to it to enable | ||
1366 | cross-compilation plus any extras specified by | ||
1367 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-EXTRA_OECONF'><filename>EXTRA_OECONF</filename></ulink> | ||
1368 | or | ||
1369 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-PACKAGECONFIG_CONFARGS'><filename>PACKAGECONFIG_CONFARGS</filename></ulink> | ||
1370 | set within the recipe. | ||
1371 | If you wish to pass additional options, add them to | ||
1372 | <filename>EXTRA_OECONF</filename> or | ||
1373 | <filename>PACKAGECONFIG_CONFARGS</filename>. | ||
1374 | Other supported build tools have similar variables | ||
1375 | (e.g. | ||
1376 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-EXTRA_OECMAKE'><filename>EXTRA_OECMAKE</filename></ulink> | ||
1377 | for CMake, | ||
1378 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-EXTRA_OESCONS'><filename>EXTRA_OESCONS</filename></ulink> | ||
1379 | for Scons, and so forth). | ||
1380 | If you need to pass anything on the <filename>make</filename> | ||
1381 | command line, you can use <filename>EXTRA_OEMAKE</filename> or the | ||
1382 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-PACKAGECONFIG_CONFARGS'><filename>PACKAGECONFIG_CONFARGS</filename></ulink> | ||
1383 | variables to do so. | ||
1384 | </para> | ||
1385 | |||
1386 | <para> | ||
1387 | You can use the <filename>devtool configure-help</filename> command | ||
1388 | to help you set the arguments listed in the previous paragraph. | ||
1389 | The command determines the exact options being passed, and shows | ||
1390 | them to you along with any custom arguments specified through | ||
1391 | <filename>EXTRA_OECONF</filename> or | ||
1392 | <filename>PACKAGECONFIG_CONFARGS</filename>. | ||
1393 | If applicable, the command also shows you the output of the | ||
1394 | configure script's "‐‐help" option as a reference. | ||
1395 | </para> | ||
1396 | </section> | ||
1397 | |||
1398 | <section id='sdk-sharing-files-between-recipes'> | ||
1399 | <title>Sharing Files Between Recipes</title> | ||
1400 | |||
1401 | <para> | ||
1402 | Recipes often need to use files provided by other recipes on | ||
1403 | the build host. | ||
1404 | For example, an application linking to a common library needs | ||
1405 | access to the library itself and its associated headers. | ||
1406 | The way this access is accomplished within the extensible SDK is | ||
1407 | through the sysroot. | ||
1408 | One sysroot exists per "machine" for which the SDK is being built. | ||
1409 | In practical terms, this means a sysroot exists for the target | ||
1410 | machine, and a sysroot exists for the build host. | ||
1411 | </para> | ||
1412 | |||
1413 | <para> | ||
1414 | Recipes should never write files directly into the sysroot. | ||
1415 | Instead, files should be installed into standard locations | ||
1416 | during the | ||
1417 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#ref-tasks-install'><filename>do_install</filename></ulink> | ||
1418 | task within the | ||
1419 | <filename>${</filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-D'><filename>D</filename></ulink><filename>}</filename> | ||
1420 | directory. | ||
1421 | A subset of these files automatically go into the sysroot. | ||
1422 | The reason for this limitation is that almost all files that go | ||
1423 | into the sysroot are cataloged in manifests in order to ensure | ||
1424 | they can be removed later when a recipe is modified or removed. | ||
1425 | Thus, the sysroot is able to remain free from stale files. | ||
1426 | </para> | ||
1427 | </section> | ||
1428 | |||
1429 | <section id='sdk-packaging'> | ||
1430 | <title>Packaging</title> | ||
1431 | |||
1432 | <para> | ||
1433 | Packaging is not always particularly relevant within the | ||
1434 | extensible SDK. | ||
1435 | However, if you examine how build output gets into the final image | ||
1436 | on the target device, it is important to understand packaging | ||
1437 | because the contents of the image are expressed in terms of | ||
1438 | packages and not recipes. | ||
1439 | </para> | ||
1440 | |||
1441 | <para> | ||
1442 | During the | ||
1443 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#ref-tasks-package'><filename>do_package</filename></ulink> | ||
1444 | task, files installed during the | ||
1445 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#ref-tasks-install'><filename>do_install</filename></ulink> | ||
1446 | task are split into one main package, which is almost always named | ||
1447 | the same as the recipe, and several other packages. | ||
1448 | This separation is done because not all of those installed files | ||
1449 | are always useful in every image. | ||
1450 | For example, you probably do not need any of the documentation | ||
1451 | installed in a production image. | ||
1452 | Consequently, for each recipe the documentation files are separated | ||
1453 | into a <filename>-doc</filename> package. | ||
1454 | Recipes that package software that has optional modules or | ||
1455 | plugins might do additional package splitting as well. | ||
1456 | </para> | ||
1457 | |||
1458 | <para> | ||
1459 | After building a recipe you can see where files have gone by | ||
1460 | looking in the <filename>oe-workdir/packages-split</filename> | ||
1461 | directory, which contains a subdirectory for each package. | ||
1462 | Apart from some advanced cases, the | ||
1463 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-PACKAGES'><filename>PACKAGES</filename></ulink> | ||
1464 | and | ||
1465 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-FILES'><filename>FILES</filename></ulink> | ||
1466 | variables controls splitting. | ||
1467 | The <filename>PACKAGES</filename> variable lists all of the | ||
1468 | packages to be produced, while the <filename>FILES</filename> | ||
1469 | variable specifies which files to include in each package, | ||
1470 | using an override to specify the package. | ||
1471 | For example, <filename>FILES_${PN}</filename> specifies the files | ||
1472 | to go into the main package (i.e. the main package is named the | ||
1473 | same as the recipe and | ||
1474 | <filename>${</filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-PN'><filename>PN</filename></ulink><filename>}</filename> | ||
1475 | evaluates to the recipe name). | ||
1476 | The order of the <filename>PACKAGES</filename> value is significant. | ||
1477 | For each installed file, the first package whose | ||
1478 | <filename>FILES</filename> value matches the file is the package | ||
1479 | into which the file goes. | ||
1480 | Defaults exist for both the <filename>PACKAGES</filename> and | ||
1481 | <filename>FILES</filename> variables. | ||
1482 | Consequently, you might find you do not even need to set these | ||
1483 | variables in your recipe unless the software the recipe is | ||
1484 | building installs files into non-standard locations. | ||
1485 | </para> | ||
1486 | </section> | ||
1314 | </section> | 1487 | </section> |
1315 | 1488 | ||
1316 | <section id='sdk-packaging'> | 1489 | <section id='sdk-restoring-the-target-device-to-its-original-state'> |
1317 | <title>Packaging</title> | 1490 | <title>Restoring the Target Device to its Original State</title> |
1318 | 1491 | ||
1319 | <para> | 1492 | <para> |
1320 | Packaging is not always particularly relevant within the | 1493 | If you use the <filename>devtool deploy-target</filename> |
1321 | extensible SDK. | 1494 | command to write a recipe's build output to the target, and |
1322 | However, if you examine how build output gets into the final image | 1495 | you are working on an existing component of the system, then you |
1323 | on the target device, it is important to understand packaging | 1496 | might find yourself in a situation where you need to restore the |
1324 | because the contents of the image are expressed in terms of | 1497 | original files that existed prior to running the |
1325 | packages and not recipes. | 1498 | <filename>devtool deploy-target</filename> command. |
1326 | </para> | 1499 | Because the <filename>devtool deploy-target</filename> command |
1327 | 1500 | backs up any files it overwrites, you can use the | |
1328 | <para> | 1501 | <filename>devtool undeploy-target</filename> to restore those files |
1329 | During the | 1502 | and remove any other files the recipe deployed. |
1330 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#ref-tasks-package'><filename>do_package</filename></ulink> | 1503 | Consider the following example: |
1331 | task, files installed during the | 1504 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> |
1332 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#ref-tasks-install'><filename>do_install</filename></ulink> | ||
1333 | task are split into one main package, which is almost always named | ||
1334 | the same as the recipe, and several other packages. | ||
1335 | This separation is done because not all of those installed files | ||
1336 | are always useful in every image. | ||
1337 | For example, you probably do not need any of the documentation | ||
1338 | installed in a production image. | ||
1339 | Consequently, for each recipe the documentation files are separated | ||
1340 | into a <filename>-doc</filename> package. | ||
1341 | Recipes that package software that has optional modules or | ||
1342 | plugins might do additional package splitting as well. | ||
1343 | </para> | ||
1344 | |||
1345 | <para> | ||
1346 | After building a recipe you can see where files have gone by | ||
1347 | looking in the <filename>oe-workdir/packages-split</filename> | ||
1348 | directory, which contains a subdirectory for each package. | ||
1349 | Apart from some advanced cases, the | ||
1350 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-PACKAGES'><filename>PACKAGES</filename></ulink> | ||
1351 | and | ||
1352 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-FILES'><filename>FILES</filename></ulink> | ||
1353 | variables controls splitting. | ||
1354 | The <filename>PACKAGES</filename> variable lists all of the | ||
1355 | packages to be produced, while the <filename>FILES</filename> | ||
1356 | variable specifies which files to include in each package, | ||
1357 | using an override to specify the package. | ||
1358 | For example, <filename>FILES_${PN}</filename> specifies the files | ||
1359 | to go into the main package (i.e. the main package is named the | ||
1360 | same as the recipe and | ||
1361 | <filename>${</filename><ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-PN'><filename>PN</filename></ulink><filename>}</filename> | ||
1362 | evaluates to the recipe name). | ||
1363 | The order of the <filename>PACKAGES</filename> value is significant. | ||
1364 | For each installed file, the first package whose | ||
1365 | <filename>FILES</filename> value matches the file is the package | ||
1366 | into which the file goes. | ||
1367 | Defaults exist for both the <filename>PACKAGES</filename> and | ||
1368 | <filename>FILES</filename> variables. | ||
1369 | Consequently, you might find you do not even need to set these | ||
1370 | variables in your recipe unless the software the recipe is | ||
1371 | building installs files into non-standard locations. | ||
1372 | </para> | ||
1373 | </section> | ||
1374 | </section> | ||
1375 | |||
1376 | <section id='sdk-restoring-the-target-device-to-its-original-state'> | ||
1377 | <title>Restoring the Target Device to its Original State</title> | ||
1378 | |||
1379 | <para> | ||
1380 | If you use the <filename>devtool deploy-target</filename> | ||
1381 | command to write a recipe's build output to the target, and | ||
1382 | you are working on an existing component of the system, then you | ||
1383 | might find yourself in a situation where you need to restore the | ||
1384 | original files that existed prior to running the | ||
1385 | <filename>devtool deploy-target</filename> command. | ||
1386 | Because the <filename>devtool deploy-target</filename> command | ||
1387 | backs up any files it overwrites, you can use the | ||
1388 | <filename>devtool undeploy-target</filename> to restore those files | ||
1389 | and remove any other files the recipe deployed. | ||
1390 | Consider the following example: | ||
1391 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
1392 | $ devtool undeploy-target lighttpd root@192.168.7.2 | 1505 | $ devtool undeploy-target lighttpd root@192.168.7.2 |
1393 | </literallayout> | 1506 | </literallayout> |
1394 | If you have deployed multiple applications, you can remove them | 1507 | If you have deployed multiple applications, you can remove them |
1395 | all at once thus restoring the target device back to its | 1508 | all at once thus restoring the target device back to its |
1396 | original state: | 1509 | original state: |
1397 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | 1510 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> |
1398 | $ devtool undeploy-target -a root@192.168.7.2 | 1511 | $ devtool undeploy-target -a root@192.168.7.2 |
1399 | </literallayout> | 1512 | </literallayout> |
1400 | Information about files deployed to the target as well as any | 1513 | Information about files deployed to the target as well as any |
1401 | backed up files are stored on the target itself. | 1514 | backed up files are stored on the target itself. |
1402 | This storage of course requires some additional space | 1515 | This storage of course requires some additional space |
1403 | on the target machine. | 1516 | on the target machine. |
1404 | <note> | 1517 | <note> |
1405 | The <filename>devtool deploy-target</filename> and | 1518 | The <filename>devtool deploy-target</filename> and |
1406 | <filename>devtool undeploy-target</filename> command do not | 1519 | <filename>devtool undeploy-target</filename> command do not |
1407 | currently interact with any package management system on the | 1520 | currently interact with any package management system on the |
1408 | target device (e.g. RPM or OPKG). | 1521 | target device (e.g. RPM or OPKG). |
1409 | Consequently, you should not intermingle operations | 1522 | Consequently, you should not intermingle operations |
1410 | <filename>devtool deploy-target</filename> and the package | 1523 | <filename>devtool deploy-target</filename> and the package |
1411 | manager operations on the target device. | 1524 | manager operations on the target device. |
1412 | Doing so could result in a conflicting set of files. | 1525 | Doing so could result in a conflicting set of files. |
1413 | </note> | 1526 | </note> |
1414 | </para> | 1527 | </para> |
1415 | </section> | 1528 | </section> |
1416 | 1529 | ||
1417 | <section id='sdk-installing-additional-items-into-the-extensible-sdk'> | 1530 | <section id='sdk-installing-additional-items-into-the-extensible-sdk'> |
1418 | <title>Installing Additional Items Into the Extensible SDK</title> | 1531 | <title>Installing Additional Items Into the Extensible SDK</title> |
1419 | 1532 | ||
1420 | <para> | 1533 | <para> |
1421 | The extensible SDK typically only comes with a small number of tools | 1534 | The extensible SDK typically only comes with a small number of tools |
1422 | and libraries out of the box. | 1535 | and libraries out of the box. |
1423 | If you have a minimal SDK, then it starts mostly empty and is | 1536 | If you have a minimal SDK, then it starts mostly empty and is |
1424 | populated on-demand. | 1537 | populated on-demand. |
1425 | However, sometimes you will need to explicitly install extra items | 1538 | However, sometimes you will need to explicitly install extra items |
1426 | into the SDK. | 1539 | into the SDK. |
1427 | If you need these extra items, you can first search for the items | 1540 | If you need these extra items, you can first search for the items |
1428 | using the <filename>devtool search</filename> command. | 1541 | using the <filename>devtool search</filename> command. |
1429 | For example, suppose you need to link to libGL but you are not sure | 1542 | For example, suppose you need to link to libGL but you are not sure |
1430 | which recipe provides it. | 1543 | which recipe provides it. |
1431 | You can use the following command to find out: | 1544 | You can use the following command to find out: |
1432 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | 1545 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> |
1433 | $ devtool search libGL | 1546 | $ devtool search libGL |
1434 | mesa A free implementation of the OpenGL API | 1547 | mesa A free implementation of the OpenGL API |
1435 | </literallayout> | 1548 | </literallayout> |
1436 | Once you know the recipe (i.e. <filename>mesa</filename> in this | 1549 | Once you know the recipe (i.e. <filename>mesa</filename> in this |
1437 | example), you can install it: | 1550 | example), you can install it: |
1438 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | 1551 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> |
1439 | $ devtool sdk-install mesa | 1552 | $ devtool sdk-install mesa |
1440 | </literallayout> | 1553 | </literallayout> |
1441 | By default, the <filename>devtool sdk-install</filename> assumes the | 1554 | By default, the <filename>devtool sdk-install</filename> assumes the |
1442 | item is available in pre-built form from your SDK provider. | 1555 | item is available in pre-built form from your SDK provider. |
1443 | If the item is not available and it is acceptable to build the item | 1556 | If the item is not available and it is acceptable to build the item |
1444 | from source, you can add the "-s" option as follows: | 1557 | from source, you can add the "-s" option as follows: |
1445 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | 1558 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> |
1446 | $ devtool sdk-install -s mesa | 1559 | $ devtool sdk-install -s mesa |
1447 | </literallayout> | 1560 | </literallayout> |
1448 | It is important to remember that building the item from source takes | 1561 | It is important to remember that building the item from source takes |
1449 | significantly longer than installing the pre-built artifact. | 1562 | significantly longer than installing the pre-built artifact. |
1450 | Also, if no recipe exists for the item you want to add to the SDK, you | 1563 | Also, if no recipe exists for the item you want to add to the SDK, you |
1451 | must instead add it using the <filename>devtool add</filename> command. | 1564 | must instead add it using the <filename>devtool add</filename> command. |
1452 | </para> | 1565 | </para> |
1453 | </section> | 1566 | </section> |
1454 | 1567 | ||
1455 | <section id='sdk-updating-the-extensible-sdk'> | 1568 | <section id='sdk-updating-the-extensible-sdk'> |
1456 | <title>Updating the Extensible SDK</title> | 1569 | <title>Updating the Extensible SDK</title> |
1457 | 1570 | ||
1458 | <para> | 1571 | <para> |
1459 | If you are working with an extensible SDK that gets occasionally | 1572 | If you are working with an extensible SDK that gets occasionally |
1460 | updated (e.g. typically when that SDK has been provided to you by | 1573 | updated (e.g. typically when that SDK has been provided to you by |
1461 | another party), then you will need to manually pull down those | 1574 | another party), then you will need to manually pull down those |
1462 | updates to your installed SDK. | 1575 | updates to your installed SDK. |
1463 | </para> | 1576 | </para> |
1464 | 1577 | ||
1465 | <para> | 1578 | <para> |
1466 | To update your installed SDK, run the following: | 1579 | To update your installed SDK, run the following: |
1467 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | 1580 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> |
1468 | $ devtool sdk-update | 1581 | $ devtool sdk-update |
1469 | </literallayout> | 1582 | </literallayout> |
1470 | The previous command assumes your SDK provider has set the default | 1583 | The previous command assumes your SDK provider has set the default |
1471 | update URL for you. | 1584 | update URL for you. |
1472 | If that URL has not been set, you need to specify it yourself as | 1585 | If that URL has not been set, you need to specify it yourself as |
1473 | follows: | 1586 | follows: |
1474 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | 1587 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> |
1475 | $ devtool sdk-update <replaceable>path_to_update_directory</replaceable> | 1588 | $ devtool sdk-update <replaceable>path_to_update_directory</replaceable> |
1476 | </literallayout> | 1589 | </literallayout> |
1477 | <note> | 1590 | <note> |
1478 | The URL needs to point specifically to a published SDK and not an | 1591 | The URL needs to point specifically to a published SDK and not an |
1479 | SDK installer that you would download and install. | 1592 | SDK installer that you would download and install. |
1480 | </note> | 1593 | </note> |
1481 | </para> | 1594 | </para> |
1482 | </section> | 1595 | </section> |
1483 | |||
1484 | <section id='sdk-creating-a-derivative-sdk-with-additional-components'> | ||
1485 | <title>Creating a Derivative SDK With Additional Components</title> | ||
1486 | 1596 | ||
1487 | <para> | 1597 | <section id='sdk-creating-a-derivative-sdk-with-additional-components'> |
1488 | You might need to produce an SDK that contains your own custom | 1598 | <title>Creating a Derivative SDK With Additional Components</title> |
1489 | libraries for sending to a third party (e.g., if you are a vendor with | ||
1490 | customers needing to build their own software for the target platform). | ||
1491 | If that is the case, then you can produce a derivative SDK based on | ||
1492 | the currently installed SDK fairly easily. | ||
1493 | Use these steps: | ||
1494 | <orderedlist> | ||
1495 | <listitem><para>If necessary, install an extensible SDK that | ||
1496 | you want to use as a base for your derivative SDK. | ||
1497 | </para></listitem> | ||
1498 | <listitem><para>Source the environment script for the SDK. | ||
1499 | </para></listitem> | ||
1500 | <listitem><para>Add the extra libraries or other components | ||
1501 | you want by using the <filename>devtool add</filename> | ||
1502 | command. | ||
1503 | </para></listitem> | ||
1504 | <listitem><para>Run the <filename>devtool build-sdk</filename> | ||
1505 | command. | ||
1506 | </para></listitem> | ||
1507 | </orderedlist> | ||
1508 | The above procedure takes the recipes added to the workspace and | ||
1509 | constructs a new SDK installer containing those recipes and the | ||
1510 | resulting binary artifacts. | ||
1511 | The recipes go into their own separate layer in the constructed | ||
1512 | derivative SDK, leaving the workspace clean and ready for users | ||
1513 | to add their own recipes. | ||
1514 | </para> | ||
1515 | </section> | ||
1516 | 1599 | ||
1600 | <para> | ||
1601 | You might need to produce an SDK that contains your own custom | ||
1602 | libraries for sending to a third party (e.g., if you are a vendor with | ||
1603 | customers needing to build their own software for the target platform). | ||
1604 | If that is the case, then you can produce a derivative SDK based on | ||
1605 | the currently installed SDK fairly easily. | ||
1606 | Use these steps: | ||
1607 | <orderedlist> | ||
1608 | <listitem><para>If necessary, install an extensible SDK that | ||
1609 | you want to use as a base for your derivative SDK. | ||
1610 | </para></listitem> | ||
1611 | <listitem><para>Source the environment script for the SDK. | ||
1612 | </para></listitem> | ||
1613 | <listitem><para>Add the extra libraries or other components | ||
1614 | you want by using the <filename>devtool add</filename> | ||
1615 | command. | ||
1616 | </para></listitem> | ||
1617 | <listitem><para>Run the <filename>devtool build-sdk</filename> | ||
1618 | command. | ||
1619 | </para></listitem> | ||
1620 | </orderedlist> | ||
1621 | The above procedure takes the recipes added to the workspace and | ||
1622 | constructs a new SDK installer containing those recipes and the | ||
1623 | resulting binary artifacts. | ||
1624 | The recipes go into their own separate layer in the constructed | ||
1625 | derivative SDK, leaving the workspace clean and ready for users | ||
1626 | to add their own recipes. | ||
1627 | </para> | ||
1628 | </section> | ||
1517 | </chapter> | 1629 | </chapter> |
1518 | <!-- | 1630 | <!-- |
1519 | vim: expandtab tw=80 ts=4 | 1631 | vim: expandtab tw=80 ts=4 |
diff --git a/documentation/sdk-manual/sdk-intro.xml b/documentation/sdk-manual/sdk-intro.xml index 0995f79a93..e0f51e1cf1 100644 --- a/documentation/sdk-manual/sdk-intro.xml +++ b/documentation/sdk-manual/sdk-intro.xml | |||
@@ -12,25 +12,24 @@ | |||
12 | Welcome to the Yocto Project Software Development Kit (SDK) | 12 | Welcome to the Yocto Project Software Development Kit (SDK) |
13 | Developer's Guide. | 13 | Developer's Guide. |
14 | This manual provides information that explains how to use both the | 14 | This manual provides information that explains how to use both the |
15 | standard Yocto Project SDK and an extensible SDK to develop | 15 | Yocto Project extensible and standard SDKs to develop |
16 | applications and images using the Yocto Project. | 16 | applications and images. |
17 | Additionally, the manual also provides information on how to use | 17 | Additionally, the manual also provides information on how to use |
18 | the popular <trademark class='trade'>Eclipse</trademark> IDE as part | 18 | the popular <trademark class='trade'>Eclipse</trademark> IDE as part |
19 | of your application development workflow within the SDK environment. | 19 | of your application development workflow within the SDK environment. |
20 | <note> | ||
21 | Prior to the 2.0 Release of the Yocto Project, application | ||
22 | development was primarily accomplished through the use of the | ||
23 | Application Development Toolkit (ADT) and the availability | ||
24 | of stand-alone cross-development toolchains and other tools. | ||
25 | With the 2.1 Release of the Yocto Project, application development | ||
26 | has transitioned to within a tool-rich extensible SDK and the more | ||
27 | traditional standard SDK. | ||
28 | </note> | ||
20 | </para> | 29 | </para> |
21 | 30 | ||
22 | <para> | 31 | <para> |
23 | Prior to the 2.0 Release of the Yocto Project, application | 32 | All SDKs consist of the following: |
24 | development was primarily accomplished through the use of the | ||
25 | Application Development Toolkit (ADT) and the availability | ||
26 | of stand-alone cross-development toolchains and other tools. | ||
27 | With the 2.1 Release of the Yocto Project, application development | ||
28 | has transitioned to within a more traditional SDK and extensible | ||
29 | SDK. | ||
30 | </para> | ||
31 | |||
32 | <para> | ||
33 | A standard SDK consists of the following: | ||
34 | <itemizedlist> | 33 | <itemizedlist> |
35 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Cross-Development Toolchain</emphasis>: | 34 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Cross-Development Toolchain</emphasis>: |
36 | This toolchain contains a compiler, debugger, and various | 35 | This toolchain contains a compiler, debugger, and various |
@@ -46,19 +45,19 @@ | |||
46 | preparing for SDK use. | 45 | preparing for SDK use. |
47 | </para></listitem> | 46 | </para></listitem> |
48 | </itemizedlist> | 47 | </itemizedlist> |
49 | You can use the standard SDK to independently develop and test code | ||
50 | that is destined to run on some target machine. | ||
51 | </para> | 48 | </para> |
52 | 49 | ||
53 | <para> | 50 | <para> |
54 | An extensible SDK consists of everything that the standard SDK has plus | 51 | Additionally an extensible SDK has tools that allow you to easily add |
55 | tools that allow you to easily add new applications and libraries to | 52 | new applications and libraries to an image, modify the source of an |
56 | an image, modify the source of an existing component, test changes on | 53 | existing component, test changes on the target hardware, and easily |
57 | the target hardware, and easily integrate an application into the | 54 | integrate an application into the |
58 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_DEV_URL;#build-system-term'>OpenEmbedded build system</ulink>. | 55 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_DEV_URL;#build-system-term'>OpenEmbedded build system</ulink>. |
59 | </para> | 56 | </para> |
60 | 57 | ||
61 | <para> | 58 | <para> |
59 | You can use an SDK to independently develop and test code | ||
60 | that is destined to run on some target machine. | ||
62 | SDKs are completely self-contained. | 61 | SDKs are completely self-contained. |
63 | The binaries are linked against their own copy of | 62 | The binaries are linked against their own copy of |
64 | <filename>libc</filename>, which results in no dependencies | 63 | <filename>libc</filename>, which results in no dependencies |
@@ -73,7 +72,7 @@ | |||
73 | 72 | ||
74 | <para> | 73 | <para> |
75 | Another feature for the SDKs is that only one set of cross-compiler | 74 | Another feature for the SDKs is that only one set of cross-compiler |
76 | toolchain binaries are produced per architecture. | 75 | toolchain binaries are produced for any given architecture. |
77 | This feature takes advantage of the fact that the target hardware can | 76 | This feature takes advantage of the fact that the target hardware can |
78 | be passed to <filename>gcc</filename> as a set of compiler options. | 77 | be passed to <filename>gcc</filename> as a set of compiler options. |
79 | Those options are set up by the environment script and contained in | 78 | Those options are set up by the environment script and contained in |
@@ -98,6 +97,8 @@ | |||
98 | configuration and extensions, | 97 | configuration and extensions, |
99 | which allows you to cross-develop on the host machine for the | 98 | which allows you to cross-develop on the host machine for the |
100 | target hardware. | 99 | target hardware. |
100 | Additionally, the extensible SDK contains the | ||
101 | <filename>devtool</filename> functionality. | ||
101 | </para></listitem> | 102 | </para></listitem> |
102 | <listitem><para>The Quick EMUlator (QEMU), which lets you simulate | 103 | <listitem><para>The Quick EMUlator (QEMU), which lets you simulate |
103 | target hardware. | 104 | target hardware. |
@@ -122,6 +123,85 @@ | |||
122 | </itemizedlist> | 123 | </itemizedlist> |
123 | </para> | 124 | </para> |
124 | 125 | ||
126 | <para> | ||
127 | In summary, the extensible and standard SDK share many features. | ||
128 | However, the extensible SDK has powerful development tools to help you | ||
129 | more quickly develop applications. | ||
130 | Following is a table that summarizes the primary differences between | ||
131 | the standard and extensible SDK types when considering which to | ||
132 | build: | ||
133 | <informaltable frame='none'> | ||
134 | <tgroup cols='3' align='left' colsep='1' rowsep='1'> | ||
135 | <colspec colname='c1' colwidth='1*'/> | ||
136 | <colspec colname='c2' colwidth='1*'/> | ||
137 | <colspec colname='c3' colwidth='1*'/> | ||
138 | <thead> | ||
139 | <row> | ||
140 | <entry align="left"><emphasis>Feature</emphasis></entry> | ||
141 | <entry align="left"><emphasis>Standard SDK</emphasis></entry> | ||
142 | <entry align="left"><emphasis>Extensible SDK</emphasis></entry> | ||
143 | </row> | ||
144 | </thead> | ||
145 | <tbody> | ||
146 | <row> | ||
147 | <entry align="left">Toolchain</entry> | ||
148 | <entry align="left">Yes</entry> | ||
149 | <entry align="left">Yes*</entry> | ||
150 | </row> | ||
151 | <row> | ||
152 | <entry align="left">Debugger</entry> | ||
153 | <entry align="left">Yes</entry> | ||
154 | <entry align="left">Yes*</entry> | ||
155 | </row> | ||
156 | <row> | ||
157 | <entry align="left">Size</entry> | ||
158 | <entry align="left">100+ MBytes</entry> | ||
159 | <entry align="left">1+ GBytes (or 300+ MBytes for minimal w/toolchain)</entry> | ||
160 | </row> | ||
161 | <row> | ||
162 | <entry align="left"><filename>devtool</filename></entry> | ||
163 | <entry align="left">No</entry> | ||
164 | <entry align="left">Yes</entry> | ||
165 | </row> | ||
166 | <row> | ||
167 | <entry align="left">Build Images</entry> | ||
168 | <entry align="left">No</entry> | ||
169 | <entry align="left">Yes</entry> | ||
170 | </row> | ||
171 | <row> | ||
172 | <entry align="left">Updateable</entry> | ||
173 | <entry align="left">No</entry> | ||
174 | <entry align="left">Yes</entry> | ||
175 | </row> | ||
176 | <row> | ||
177 | <entry align="left">Managed Sysroot**</entry> | ||
178 | <entry align="left">No</entry> | ||
179 | <entry align="left">Yes</entry> | ||
180 | </row> | ||
181 | <row> | ||
182 | <entry align="left">Installed Packages</entry> | ||
183 | <entry align="left">No***</entry> | ||
184 | <entry align="left">Yes****</entry> | ||
185 | </row> | ||
186 | <row> | ||
187 | <entry align="left">Construction</entry> | ||
188 | <entry align="left">Packages</entry> | ||
189 | <entry align="left">Shared State</entry> | ||
190 | </row> | ||
191 | </tbody> | ||
192 | </tgroup> | ||
193 | </informaltable> | ||
194 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
195 | * Extensible SDK will contain the toolchain and debugger if <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-SDK_EXT_TYPE'><filename>SDK_EXT_TYPE</filename></ulink> is "full" or <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-SDK_INCLUDE_TOOLCHAIN'><filename>SDK_INCLUDE_TOOLCHAIN</filename></ulink> is "1", which is the default. | ||
196 | |||
197 | ** Sysroot is managed through use of <filename>devtool</filename>. Thus, it is less likely that you will corrupt your SDK sysroot when you try to add additional libraries. | ||
198 | |||
199 | *** Runtime package management can be added to the standard SDK but it is not supported by default. | ||
200 | |||
201 | **** You must build and make the shared state available to extensible SDK users for "packages" you want to enable users to install. | ||
202 | </literallayout> | ||
203 | </para> | ||
204 | |||
125 | <section id='the-cross-development-toolchain'> | 205 | <section id='the-cross-development-toolchain'> |
126 | <title>The Cross-Development Toolchain</title> | 206 | <title>The Cross-Development Toolchain</title> |
127 | 207 | ||
@@ -131,6 +211,8 @@ | |||
131 | consists of a cross-compiler, cross-linker, and cross-debugger | 211 | consists of a cross-compiler, cross-linker, and cross-debugger |
132 | that are used to develop user-space applications for targeted | 212 | that are used to develop user-space applications for targeted |
133 | hardware. | 213 | hardware. |
214 | Additionally, for an extensible SDK, the toolchain also has | ||
215 | built-in <filename>devtool</filename> functionality. | ||
134 | This toolchain is created by running a toolchain installer script | 216 | This toolchain is created by running a toolchain installer script |
135 | or through a | 217 | or through a |
136 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_DEV_URL;#build-directory'>Build Directory</ulink> | 218 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_DEV_URL;#build-directory'>Build Directory</ulink> |
@@ -258,7 +340,7 @@ | |||
258 | For information on how to install the SDK, see the | 340 | For information on how to install the SDK, see the |
259 | "<link linkend='sdk-installing-the-sdk'>Installing the SDK</link>" | 341 | "<link linkend='sdk-installing-the-sdk'>Installing the SDK</link>" |
260 | section.</para></listitem> | 342 | section.</para></listitem> |
261 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Download the Target Image:</emphasis> | 343 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Download or Build the Target Image:</emphasis> |
262 | The Yocto Project supports several target architectures | 344 | The Yocto Project supports several target architectures |
263 | and has many pre-built kernel images and root filesystem | 345 | and has many pre-built kernel images and root filesystem |
264 | images.</para> | 346 | images.</para> |
diff --git a/documentation/sdk-manual/sdk-manual.xml b/documentation/sdk-manual/sdk-manual.xml index 39a8689195..66cd10d507 100644 --- a/documentation/sdk-manual/sdk-manual.xml +++ b/documentation/sdk-manual/sdk-manual.xml | |||
@@ -66,9 +66,11 @@ | |||
66 | 66 | ||
67 | <xi:include href="sdk-intro.xml"/> | 67 | <xi:include href="sdk-intro.xml"/> |
68 | 68 | ||
69 | <xi:include href="sdk-extensible.xml"/> | ||
70 | |||
69 | <xi:include href="sdk-using.xml"/> | 71 | <xi:include href="sdk-using.xml"/> |
70 | 72 | ||
71 | <xi:include href="sdk-extensible.xml"/> | 73 | <xi:include href="sdk-working-projects.xml"/> |
72 | 74 | ||
73 | <xi:include href="sdk-appendix-obtain.xml"/> | 75 | <xi:include href="sdk-appendix-obtain.xml"/> |
74 | 76 | ||
diff --git a/documentation/sdk-manual/sdk-using.xml b/documentation/sdk-manual/sdk-using.xml index dd11304319..44cb49c0c8 100644 --- a/documentation/sdk-manual/sdk-using.xml +++ b/documentation/sdk-manual/sdk-using.xml | |||
@@ -3,74 +3,82 @@ | |||
3 | [<!ENTITY % poky SYSTEM "../poky.ent"> %poky; ] > | 3 | [<!ENTITY % poky SYSTEM "../poky.ent"> %poky; ] > |
4 | 4 | ||
5 | <chapter id='sdk-using-the-standard-sdk'> | 5 | <chapter id='sdk-using-the-standard-sdk'> |
6 | 6 | <title>Using the Standard SDK</title> | |
7 | <title>Using the Standard SDK</title> | ||
8 | |||
9 | <para> | ||
10 | This chapter describes the standard SDK and how to use it. | ||
11 | Information covers the pieces of the SDK, how to install it, and presents | ||
12 | several task-based procedures common for developing with a standard SDK. | ||
13 | <note> | ||
14 | The tasks you can perform using a standard SDK are also applicable | ||
15 | when you are using an extensible SDK. | ||
16 | For information on the differences when using an extensible SDK as | ||
17 | compared to a standard SDK, see the | ||
18 | "<link linkend='sdk-extensible'>Using the Extensible SDK</link>" | ||
19 | chapter. | ||
20 | </note> | ||
21 | </para> | ||
22 | |||
23 | <section id='sdk-standard-sdk-intro'> | ||
24 | <title>Why use the Standard SDK and What is in It?</title> | ||
25 | 7 | ||
26 | <para> | 8 | <para> |
27 | The Standard SDK provides a cross-development toolchain and libraries | 9 | This chapter describes the standard SDK and how to install it. |
28 | tailored to the contents of a specific image. | 10 | Information includes unique installation and setup aspects for the |
29 | You would use the Standard SDK if you want a more traditional toolchain | 11 | standard SDK. |
30 | experience. | 12 | <note> |
13 | For a side-by-side comparison of main features supported for a | ||
14 | standard SDK as compared to an extensible SDK, see the | ||
15 | "<link linkend='sdk-manual-intro'>Introduction</link>" | ||
16 | section. | ||
17 | </note> | ||
31 | </para> | 18 | </para> |
32 | 19 | ||
33 | <para> | 20 | <para> |
34 | The installed Standard SDK consists of several files and directories. | 21 | You can use a standard SDK to work on Makefile, Autotools, and |
35 | Basically, it contains an SDK environment setup script, some | 22 | Eclipse-based projects. |
36 | configuration files, and host and target root filesystems to support | 23 | See the |
37 | usage. | 24 | "<link linkend='sdk-working-projects'>Working with Different Types of Projects</link>" |
38 | You can see the directory structure in the | 25 | chapter for more information. |
39 | "<link linkend='sdk-installed-standard-sdk-directory-structure'>Installed Standard SDK Directory Structure</link>" | ||
40 | section. | ||
41 | </para> | 26 | </para> |
42 | </section> | ||
43 | 27 | ||
44 | <section id='sdk-installing-the-sdk'> | 28 | <section id='sdk-standard-sdk-intro'> |
45 | <title>Installing the SDK</title> | 29 | <title>Why use the Standard SDK and What is in It?</title> |
46 | 30 | ||
47 | <para> | 31 | <para> |
48 | The first thing you need to do is install the SDK on your host | 32 | The Standard SDK provides a cross-development toolchain and |
49 | development machine by running the <filename>*.sh</filename> | 33 | libraries tailored to the contents of a specific image. |
50 | installation script. | 34 | You would use the Standard SDK if you want a more traditional |
51 | </para> | 35 | toolchain experience as compared to the extensible SDK, which |
36 | provides an internal build system and the | ||
37 | <filename>devtool</filename> functionality. | ||
38 | </para> | ||
52 | 39 | ||
53 | <para> | 40 | <para> |
54 | You can download a tarball installer, which includes the | 41 | The installed Standard SDK consists of several files and |
55 | pre-built toolchain, the <filename>runqemu</filename> | 42 | directories. |
56 | script, and support files from the appropriate directory under | 43 | Basically, it contains an SDK environment setup script, some |
57 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_TOOLCHAIN_DL_URL;'></ulink>. | 44 | configuration files, and host and target root filesystems to |
58 | Toolchains are available for 32-bit and 64-bit x86 development | 45 | support usage. |
59 | systems from the <filename>i686</filename> and | 46 | You can see the directory structure in the |
60 | <filename>x86_64</filename> directories, respectively. | 47 | "<link linkend='sdk-installed-standard-sdk-directory-structure'>Installed Standard SDK Directory Structure</link>" |
61 | The toolchains the Yocto Project provides are based off the | 48 | section. |
62 | <filename>core-image-sato</filename> image and contain | 49 | </para> |
63 | libraries appropriate for developing against that image. | 50 | </section> |
64 | Each type of development system supports five or more target | ||
65 | architectures. | ||
66 | </para> | ||
67 | 51 | ||
68 | <para> | 52 | <section id='sdk-installing-the-sdk'> |
69 | The names of the tarball installer scripts are such that a | 53 | <title>Installing the SDK</title> |
70 | string representing the host system appears first in the | 54 | |
71 | filename and then is immediately followed by a string | 55 | <para> |
72 | representing the target architecture. | 56 | The first thing you need to do is install the SDK on your host |
73 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | 57 | development machine by running the <filename>*.sh</filename> |
58 | installation script. | ||
59 | </para> | ||
60 | |||
61 | <para> | ||
62 | You can download a tarball installer, which includes the | ||
63 | pre-built toolchain, the <filename>runqemu</filename> | ||
64 | script, and support files from the appropriate directory under | ||
65 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_TOOLCHAIN_DL_URL;'></ulink>. | ||
66 | Toolchains are available for 32-bit and 64-bit x86 development | ||
67 | systems from the <filename>i686</filename> and | ||
68 | <filename>x86_64</filename> directories, respectively. | ||
69 | The toolchains the Yocto Project provides are based off the | ||
70 | <filename>core-image-sato</filename> image and contain | ||
71 | libraries appropriate for developing against that image. | ||
72 | Each type of development system supports five or more target | ||
73 | architectures. | ||
74 | </para> | ||
75 | |||
76 | <para> | ||
77 | The names of the tarball installer scripts are such that a | ||
78 | string representing the host system appears first in the | ||
79 | filename and then is immediately followed by a string | ||
80 | representing the target architecture. | ||
81 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
74 | poky-glibc-<replaceable>host_system</replaceable>-<replaceable>image_type</replaceable>-<replaceable>arch</replaceable>-toolchain-<replaceable>release_version</replaceable>.sh | 82 | poky-glibc-<replaceable>host_system</replaceable>-<replaceable>image_type</replaceable>-<replaceable>arch</replaceable>-toolchain-<replaceable>release_version</replaceable>.sh |
75 | 83 | ||
76 | Where: | 84 | Where: |
@@ -88,57 +96,58 @@ | |||
88 | Yocto Project: | 96 | Yocto Project: |
89 | 97 | ||
90 | &DISTRO;, &DISTRO;+snapshot | 98 | &DISTRO;, &DISTRO;+snapshot |
91 | </literallayout> | 99 | </literallayout> |
92 | For example, the following toolchain installer is for a 64-bit | 100 | For example, the following toolchain installer is for a 64-bit |
93 | development host system and a i586-tuned target architecture | 101 | development host system and a i586-tuned target architecture |
94 | based off the SDK for <filename>core-image-sato</filename> and | 102 | based off the SDK for <filename>core-image-sato</filename> and |
95 | using the current &DISTRO; snapshot: | 103 | using the current &DISTRO; snapshot: |
96 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | 104 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> |
97 | poky-glibc-x86_64-core-image-sato-i586-toolchain-&DISTRO;.sh | 105 | poky-glibc-x86_64-core-image-sato-i586-toolchain-&DISTRO;.sh |
98 | </literallayout> | 106 | </literallayout> |
99 | <note> | 107 | <note> |
100 | As an alternative to downloading an SDK, you can build the toolchain | 108 | As an alternative to downloading an SDK, you can build the |
101 | installer. | 109 | toolchain installer. |
102 | For information on building the installer, see the | 110 | For information on building the installer, see the |
103 | "<link linkend='sdk-building-an-sdk-installer'>Building an SDK Installer</link>" | 111 | "<link linkend='sdk-building-an-sdk-installer'>Building an SDK Installer</link>" |
104 | section. | 112 | section. |
105 | Another helpful resource for building an installer is the | 113 | Another helpful resource for building an installer is the |
106 | <ulink url='https://wiki.yoctoproject.org/wiki/TipsAndTricks/RunningEclipseAgainstBuiltImage'>Cookbook guide to Making an Eclipse Debug Capable Image</ulink> | 114 | <ulink url='https://wiki.yoctoproject.org/wiki/TipsAndTricks/RunningEclipseAgainstBuiltImage'>Cookbook guide to Making an Eclipse Debug Capable Image</ulink> |
107 | wiki page. | 115 | wiki page. |
108 | This wiki page focuses on development when using the Eclipse IDE. | 116 | This wiki page focuses on development when using the Eclipse |
109 | </note> | 117 | IDE. |
110 | </para> | 118 | </note> |
119 | </para> | ||
111 | 120 | ||
112 | <para> | 121 | <para> |
113 | The SDK and toolchains are self-contained and by default are installed | 122 | The SDK and toolchains are self-contained and by default are |
114 | into <filename>/opt/poky</filename>. | 123 | installed into <filename>/opt/poky</filename>. |
115 | However, when you run the SDK installer, you can choose an | 124 | However, when you run the SDK installer, you can choose an |
116 | installation directory. | 125 | installation directory. |
117 | <note> | 126 | <note> |
118 | You must change the permissions on the toolchain | 127 | You must change the permissions on the toolchain |
119 | installer script so that it is executable: | 128 | installer script so that it is executable: |
120 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | 129 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> |
121 | $ chmod +x poky-glibc-x86_64-core-image-sato-i586-toolchain-&DISTRO;.sh | 130 | $ chmod +x poky-glibc-x86_64-core-image-sato-i586-toolchain-&DISTRO;.sh |
122 | </literallayout> | 131 | </literallayout> |
123 | </note> | 132 | </note> |
124 | </para> | 133 | </para> |
125 | 134 | ||
126 | <para> | 135 | <para> |
127 | The following command shows how to run the installer given a | 136 | The following command shows how to run the installer given a |
128 | toolchain tarball for a 64-bit x86 development host system and | 137 | toolchain tarball for a 64-bit x86 development host system and |
129 | a 32-bit x86 target architecture. | 138 | a 32-bit x86 target architecture. |
130 | The example assumes the toolchain installer is located in | 139 | The example assumes the toolchain installer is located in |
131 | <filename>~/Downloads/</filename>. | 140 | <filename>~/Downloads/</filename>. |
132 | <note> | 141 | <note> |
133 | If you do not have write permissions for the directory | 142 | If you do not have write permissions for the directory |
134 | into which you are installing the SDK, the installer | 143 | into which you are installing the SDK, the installer |
135 | notifies you and exits. | 144 | notifies you and exits. |
136 | Be sure you have write permissions in the directory and | 145 | Be sure you have write permissions in the directory and |
137 | run the installer again. | 146 | run the installer again. |
138 | </note> | 147 | </note> |
139 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | 148 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> |
140 | $ ./poky-glibc-x86_64-core-image-sato-i586-toolchain-&DISTRO;.sh | 149 | $ ./poky-glibc-x86_64-core-image-sato-i586-toolchain-&DISTRO;.sh |
141 | Poky (Yocto Project Reference Distro) SDK installer version 2.0 | 150 | Poky (Yocto Project Reference Distro) SDK installer version &DISTRO; |
142 | =============================================================== | 151 | =============================================================== |
143 | Enter target directory for SDK (default: /opt/poky/&DISTRO;): | 152 | Enter target directory for SDK (default: /opt/poky/&DISTRO;): |
144 | You are about to install the SDK to "/opt/poky/&DISTRO;". Proceed[Y/n]? Y | 153 | You are about to install the SDK to "/opt/poky/&DISTRO;". Proceed[Y/n]? Y |
@@ -147,1337 +156,49 @@ | |||
147 | SDK has been successfully set up and is ready to be used. | 156 | SDK has been successfully set up and is ready to be used. |
148 | Each time you wish to use the SDK in a new shell session, you need to source the environment setup script e.g. | 157 | Each time you wish to use the SDK in a new shell session, you need to source the environment setup script e.g. |
149 | $ . /opt/poky/&DISTRO;/environment-setup-i586-poky-linux | 158 | $ . /opt/poky/&DISTRO;/environment-setup-i586-poky-linux |
150 | </literallayout> | ||
151 | </para> | ||
152 | |||
153 | <para> | ||
154 | Again, reference the | ||
155 | "<link linkend='sdk-installed-standard-sdk-directory-structure'>Installed Standard SDK Directory Structure</link>" | ||
156 | section for more details on the resulting directory structure of | ||
157 | the installed SDK. | ||
158 | </para> | ||
159 | </section> | ||
160 | |||
161 | <section id='sdk-running-the-sdk-environment-setup-script'> | ||
162 | <title>Running the SDK Environment Setup Script</title> | ||
163 | |||
164 | <para> | ||
165 | Once you have the SDK installed, you must run the SDK environment | ||
166 | setup script before you can actually use it. | ||
167 | This setup script resides in the directory you chose when you installed | ||
168 | the SDK. | ||
169 | For information on where this setup script can reside, see the | ||
170 | "<link linkend='sdk-appendix-obtain'>Obtaining the SDK</link>" | ||
171 | Appendix. | ||
172 | </para> | ||
173 | |||
174 | <para> | ||
175 | Before running the script, be sure it is the one that matches the | ||
176 | architecture for which you are developing. | ||
177 | Environment setup scripts begin with the string | ||
178 | "<filename>environment-setup</filename>" and include as part of their | ||
179 | name the tuned target architecture. | ||
180 | For example, the command to source a setup script for an IA-based | ||
181 | target machine using i586 tuning and located in the default SDK | ||
182 | installation directory is as follows: | ||
183 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
184 | $ source /opt/poky/&DISTRO;/environment-setup-i586-poky-linux | ||
185 | </literallayout> | ||
186 | When you run the setup script, many environment variables are | ||
187 | defined: | ||
188 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
189 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-SDKTARGETSYSROOT'><filename>SDKTARGETSYSROOT</filename></ulink> - The path to the sysroot used for cross-compilation | ||
190 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-PKG_CONFIG_PATH'><filename>PKG_CONFIG_PATH</filename></ulink> - The path to the target pkg-config files | ||
191 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-CONFIG_SITE'><filename>CONFIG_SITE</filename></ulink> - A GNU autoconf site file preconfigured for the target | ||
192 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-CC'><filename>CC</filename></ulink> - The minimal command and arguments to run the C compiler | ||
193 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-CXX'><filename>CXX</filename></ulink> - The minimal command and arguments to run the C++ compiler | ||
194 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-CPP'><filename>CPP</filename></ulink> - The minimal command and arguments to run the C preprocessor | ||
195 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-AS'><filename>AS</filename></ulink> - The minimal command and arguments to run the assembler | ||
196 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-LD'><filename>LD</filename></ulink> - The minimal command and arguments to run the linker | ||
197 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-GDB'><filename>GDB</filename></ulink> - The minimal command and arguments to run the GNU Debugger | ||
198 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-STRIP'><filename>STRIP</filename></ulink> - The minimal command and arguments to run 'strip', which strips symbols | ||
199 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-RANLIB'><filename>RANLIB</filename></ulink> - The minimal command and arguments to run 'ranlib' | ||
200 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-OBJCOPY'><filename>OBJCOPY</filename></ulink> - The minimal command and arguments to run 'objcopy' | ||
201 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-OBJDUMP'><filename>OBJDUMP</filename></ulink> - The minimal command and arguments to run 'objdump' | ||
202 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-AR'><filename>AR</filename></ulink> - The minimal command and arguments to run 'ar' | ||
203 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-NM'><filename>NM</filename></ulink> - The minimal command and arguments to run 'nm' | ||
204 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-TARGET_PREFIX'><filename>TARGET_PREFIX</filename></ulink> - The toolchain binary prefix for the target tools | ||
205 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-CROSS_COMPILE'><filename>CROSS_COMPILE</filename></ulink> - The toolchain binary prefix for the target tools | ||
206 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-CONFIGURE_FLAGS'><filename>CONFIGURE_FLAGS</filename></ulink> - The minimal arguments for GNU configure | ||
207 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-CFLAGS'><filename>CFLAGS</filename></ulink> - Suggested C flags | ||
208 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-CXXFLAGS'><filename>CXXFLAGS</filename></ulink> - Suggested C++ flags | ||
209 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-LDFLAGS'><filename>LDFLAGS</filename></ulink> - Suggested linker flags when you use CC to link | ||
210 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-CPPFLAGS'><filename>CPPFLAGS</filename></ulink> - Suggested preprocessor flags | ||
211 | </literallayout> | ||
212 | </para> | ||
213 | </section> | ||
214 | |||
215 | <section id='autotools-based-projects'> | ||
216 | <title>Autotools-Based Projects</title> | ||
217 | |||
218 | <para> | ||
219 | Once you have a suitable cross-toolchain installed, it is very easy to | ||
220 | develop a project outside of the OpenEmbedded build system. | ||
221 | This section presents a simple "Helloworld" example that shows how | ||
222 | to set up, compile, and run the project. | ||
223 | </para> | ||
224 | |||
225 | <section id='creating-and-running-a-project-based-on-gnu-autotools'> | ||
226 | <title>Creating and Running a Project Based on GNU Autotools</title> | ||
227 | |||
228 | <para> | ||
229 | Follow these steps to create a simple Autotools-based project: | ||
230 | <orderedlist> | ||
231 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Create your directory:</emphasis> | ||
232 | Create a clean directory for your project and then make | ||
233 | that directory your working location: | ||
234 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
235 | $ mkdir $HOME/helloworld | ||
236 | $ cd $HOME/helloworld | ||
237 | </literallayout></para></listitem> | ||
238 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Populate the directory:</emphasis> | ||
239 | Create <filename>hello.c</filename>, <filename>Makefile.am</filename>, | ||
240 | and <filename>configure.ac</filename> files as follows: | ||
241 | <itemizedlist> | ||
242 | <listitem><para>For <filename>hello.c</filename>, include | ||
243 | these lines: | ||
244 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
245 | #include <stdio.h> | ||
246 | |||
247 | main() | ||
248 | { | ||
249 | printf("Hello World!\n"); | ||
250 | } | ||
251 | </literallayout></para></listitem> | ||
252 | <listitem><para>For <filename>Makefile.am</filename>, | ||
253 | include these lines: | ||
254 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
255 | bin_PROGRAMS = hello | ||
256 | hello_SOURCES = hello.c | ||
257 | </literallayout></para></listitem> | ||
258 | <listitem><para>For <filename>configure.in</filename>, | ||
259 | include these lines: | ||
260 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
261 | AC_INIT(hello,0.1) | ||
262 | AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE([foreign]) | ||
263 | AC_PROG_CC | ||
264 | AC_PROG_INSTALL | ||
265 | AC_OUTPUT(Makefile) | ||
266 | </literallayout></para></listitem> | ||
267 | </itemizedlist></para></listitem> | ||
268 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Source the cross-toolchain | ||
269 | environment setup file:</emphasis> | ||
270 | As described earlier in the manual, installing the | ||
271 | cross-toolchain creates a cross-toolchain | ||
272 | environment setup script in the directory that the SDK | ||
273 | was installed. | ||
274 | Before you can use the tools to develop your project, | ||
275 | you must source this setup script. | ||
276 | The script begins with the string "environment-setup" and | ||
277 | contains the machine architecture, which is followed by the | ||
278 | string "poky-linux". | ||
279 | Here is an example that sources a script from the | ||
280 | default SDK installation directory that uses the | ||
281 | 32-bit Intel x86 Architecture and the | ||
282 | &DISTRO_NAME; Yocto Project release: | ||
283 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
284 | $ source /opt/poky/&DISTRO;/environment-setup-i586-poky-linux | ||
285 | </literallayout></para></listitem> | ||
286 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Generate the local aclocal.m4 | ||
287 | files and create the configure script:</emphasis> | ||
288 | The following GNU Autotools generate the local | ||
289 | <filename>aclocal.m4</filename> files and create the | ||
290 | configure script: | ||
291 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
292 | $ aclocal | ||
293 | $ autoconf | ||
294 | </literallayout></para></listitem> | ||
295 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Generate files needed by GNU | ||
296 | coding standards:</emphasis> | ||
297 | GNU coding standards require certain files in order for the | ||
298 | project to be compliant. | ||
299 | This command creates those files: | ||
300 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
301 | $ touch NEWS README AUTHORS ChangeLog | ||
302 | </literallayout></para></listitem> | ||
303 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Generate the configure | ||
304 | file:</emphasis> | ||
305 | This command generates the <filename>configure</filename>: | ||
306 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
307 | $ automake -a | ||
308 | </literallayout></para></listitem> | ||
309 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Cross-compile the project:</emphasis> | ||
310 | This command compiles the project using the cross-compiler. | ||
311 | The | ||
312 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-CONFIGURE_FLAGS'><filename>CONFIGURE_FLAGS</filename></ulink> | ||
313 | environment variable provides the minimal arguments for | ||
314 | GNU configure: | ||
315 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
316 | $ ./configure ${CONFIGURE_FLAGS} | ||
317 | </literallayout></para></listitem> | ||
318 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Make and install the project:</emphasis> | ||
319 | These two commands generate and install the project into the | ||
320 | destination directory: | ||
321 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
322 | $ make | ||
323 | $ make install DESTDIR=./tmp | ||
324 | </literallayout></para></listitem> | ||
325 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Verify the installation:</emphasis> | ||
326 | This command is a simple way to verify the installation | ||
327 | of your project. | ||
328 | Running the command prints the architecture on which | ||
329 | the binary file can run. | ||
330 | This architecture should be the same architecture that | ||
331 | the installed cross-toolchain supports. | ||
332 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
333 | $ file ./tmp/usr/local/bin/hello | ||
334 | </literallayout></para></listitem> | ||
335 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Execute your project:</emphasis> | ||
336 | To execute the project in the shell, simply enter the name. | ||
337 | You could also copy the binary to the actual target hardware | ||
338 | and run the project there as well: | ||
339 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
340 | $ ./hello | ||
341 | </literallayout> | ||
342 | As expected, the project displays the "Hello World!" message. | ||
343 | </para></listitem> | ||
344 | </orderedlist> | ||
345 | </para> | ||
346 | </section> | ||
347 | |||
348 | <section id='passing-host-options'> | ||
349 | <title>Passing Host Options</title> | ||
350 | |||
351 | <para> | ||
352 | For an Autotools-based project, you can use the cross-toolchain by just | ||
353 | passing the appropriate host option to <filename>configure.sh</filename>. | ||
354 | The host option you use is derived from the name of the environment setup | ||
355 | script found in the directory in which you installed the cross-toolchain. | ||
356 | For example, the host option for an ARM-based target that uses the GNU EABI | ||
357 | is <filename>armv5te-poky-linux-gnueabi</filename>. | ||
358 | You will notice that the name of the script is | ||
359 | <filename>environment-setup-armv5te-poky-linux-gnueabi</filename>. | ||
360 | Thus, the following command works to update your project and | ||
361 | rebuild it using the appropriate cross-toolchain tools: | ||
362 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
363 | $ ./configure --host=armv5te-poky-linux-gnueabi \ | ||
364 | --with-libtool-sysroot=<replaceable>sysroot_dir</replaceable> | ||
365 | </literallayout> | 159 | </literallayout> |
366 | <note> | ||
367 | If the <filename>configure</filename> script results in problems recognizing the | ||
368 | <filename>--with-libtool-sysroot=</filename><replaceable>sysroot-dir</replaceable> option, | ||
369 | regenerate the script to enable the support by doing the following and then | ||
370 | run the script again: | ||
371 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
372 | $ libtoolize --automake | ||
373 | $ aclocal -I ${OECORE_TARGET_SYSROOT}/usr/share/aclocal \ | ||
374 | [-I <replaceable>dir_containing_your_project-specific_m4_macros</replaceable>] | ||
375 | $ autoconf | ||
376 | $ autoheader | ||
377 | $ automake -a | ||
378 | </literallayout> | ||
379 | </note> | ||
380 | </para> | 160 | </para> |
381 | </section> | ||
382 | </section> | ||
383 | |||
384 | <section id='makefile-based-projects'> | ||
385 | <title>Makefile-Based Projects</title> | ||
386 | |||
387 | <para> | ||
388 | For Makefile-based projects, the cross-toolchain environment variables | ||
389 | established by running the cross-toolchain environment setup script | ||
390 | are subject to general <filename>make</filename> rules. | ||
391 | </para> | ||
392 | |||
393 | <para> | ||
394 | To illustrate this, consider the following four cross-toolchain | ||
395 | environment variables: | ||
396 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
397 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-CC'>CC</ulink>=i586-poky-linux-gcc -m32 -march=i586 --sysroot=/opt/poky/&DISTRO;/sysroots/i586-poky-linux | ||
398 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-LD'>LD</ulink>=i586-poky-linux-ld --sysroot=/opt/poky/&DISTRO;/sysroots/i586-poky-linux | ||
399 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-CFLAGS'>CFLAGS</ulink>=-O2 -pipe -g -feliminate-unused-debug-types | ||
400 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-CXXFLAGS'>CXXFLAGS</ulink>=-O2 -pipe -g -feliminate-unused-debug-types | ||
401 | </literallayout> | ||
402 | Now, consider the following three cases: | ||
403 | <itemizedlist> | ||
404 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Case 1 - No Variables Set in the <filename>Makefile</filename>:</emphasis> | ||
405 | Because these variables are not specifically set in the | ||
406 | <filename>Makefile</filename>, the variables retain their | ||
407 | values based on the environment. | ||
408 | </para></listitem> | ||
409 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Case 2 - Variables Set in the <filename>Makefile</filename>:</emphasis> | ||
410 | Specifically setting variables in the | ||
411 | <filename>Makefile</filename> during the build results in the | ||
412 | environment settings of the variables being overwritten. | ||
413 | </para></listitem> | ||
414 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Case 3 - Variables Set when the <filename>Makefile</filename> is Executed from the Command Line:</emphasis> | ||
415 | Executing the <filename>Makefile</filename> from the command | ||
416 | line results in the variables being overwritten with | ||
417 | command-line content regardless of what is being set in the | ||
418 | <filename>Makefile</filename>. | ||
419 | In this case, environment variables are not considered unless | ||
420 | you use the "-e" flag during the build: | ||
421 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
422 | $ make -e <replaceable>file</replaceable> | ||
423 | </literallayout> | ||
424 | If you use this flag, then the environment values of the | ||
425 | variables override any variables specifically set in the | ||
426 | <filename>Makefile</filename>. | ||
427 | </para></listitem> | ||
428 | </itemizedlist> | ||
429 | <note> | ||
430 | For the list of variables set up by the cross-toolchain environment | ||
431 | setup script, see the | ||
432 | "<link linkend='sdk-running-the-sdk-environment-setup-script'>Running the SDK Environment Setup Script</link>" | ||
433 | section. | ||
434 | </note> | ||
435 | </para> | ||
436 | </section> | ||
437 | |||
438 | <section id='sdk-developing-applications-using-eclipse'> | ||
439 | <title>Developing Applications Using <trademark class='trade'>Eclipse</trademark></title> | ||
440 | |||
441 | <para> | ||
442 | If you are familiar with the popular Eclipse IDE, you can use an | ||
443 | Eclipse Yocto Plug-in to allow you to develop, deploy, and test your | ||
444 | application all from within Eclipse. | ||
445 | This section describes general workflow using the SDK and Eclipse | ||
446 | and how to configure and set up Eclipse. | ||
447 | </para> | ||
448 | |||
449 | <section id='workflow-using-eclipse'> | ||
450 | |||
451 | <title>Workflow Using <trademark class='trade'>Eclipse</trademark></title> | ||
452 | 161 | ||
453 | <para> | 162 | <para> |
454 | The following figure and supporting list summarize the application | 163 | Again, reference the |
455 | development general workflow that employs both the SDK Eclipse. | 164 | "<link linkend='sdk-installed-standard-sdk-directory-structure'>Installed Standard SDK Directory Structure</link>" |
456 | </para> | 165 | section for more details on the resulting directory structure of |
457 | 166 | the installed SDK. | |
458 | <para> | ||
459 | <imagedata fileref="figures/sdk-eclipse-dev-flow.png" | ||
460 | width="7in" depth="7in" align="center" scale="100" /> | ||
461 | </para> | ||
462 | |||
463 | <para> | ||
464 | <orderedlist> | ||
465 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Prepare the host system for the Yocto Project</emphasis>: | ||
466 | See | ||
467 | "<ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#detailed-supported-distros'>Supported Linux Distributions</ulink>" | ||
468 | and | ||
469 | "<ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#required-packages-for-the-host-development-system'>Required Packages for the Host Development System</ulink>" sections both | ||
470 | in the Yocto Project Reference Manual for requirements. | ||
471 | In particular, be sure your host system has the | ||
472 | <filename>xterm</filename> package installed. | ||
473 | </para></listitem> | ||
474 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Secure the Yocto Project kernel target image</emphasis>: | ||
475 | You must have a target kernel image that has been built using the OpenEmbedded | ||
476 | build system.</para> | ||
477 | <para>Depending on whether the Yocto Project has a pre-built image that matches your target | ||
478 | architecture and where you are going to run the image while you develop your application | ||
479 | (QEMU or real hardware), the area from which you get the image differs. | ||
480 | <itemizedlist> | ||
481 | <listitem><para>Download the image from | ||
482 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_MACHINES_DL_URL;'><filename>machines</filename></ulink> | ||
483 | if your target architecture is supported and you are going to develop | ||
484 | and test your application on actual hardware.</para></listitem> | ||
485 | <listitem><para>Download the image from | ||
486 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_QEMU_DL_URL;'> | ||
487 | <filename>machines/qemu</filename></ulink> if your target architecture is supported | ||
488 | and you are going to develop and test your application using the QEMU | ||
489 | emulator.</para></listitem> | ||
490 | <listitem><para>Build your image if you cannot find a pre-built image that matches | ||
491 | your target architecture. | ||
492 | If your target architecture is similar to a supported architecture, you can | ||
493 | modify the kernel image before you build it. | ||
494 | See the | ||
495 | "<ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_DEV_URL;#patching-the-kernel'>Patching the Kernel</ulink>" | ||
496 | section in the Yocto Project Development | ||
497 | manual for an example. | ||
498 | </para></listitem> | ||
499 | </itemizedlist> | ||
500 | </para></listitem> | ||
501 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Install the SDK</emphasis>: | ||
502 | The SDK provides a target-specific cross-development toolchain, the root filesystem, | ||
503 | the QEMU emulator, and other tools that can help you develop your application. | ||
504 | For information on how to install the SDK, see the | ||
505 | "<link linkend='sdk-installing-the-sdk'>Installing the SDK</link>" | ||
506 | section. | ||
507 | </para></listitem> | ||
508 | <listitem><para><emphasis> | ||
509 | Secure the target root filesystem | ||
510 | and the Cross-development toolchain</emphasis>: | ||
511 | You need to find and download the appropriate root | ||
512 | filesystem and the cross-development toolchain.</para> | ||
513 | <para>You can find the tarballs for the root filesystem in | ||
514 | the same area used for the kernel image. | ||
515 | Depending on the type of image you are running, the root | ||
516 | filesystem you need differs. | ||
517 | For example, if you are developing an application that | ||
518 | runs on an image that supports Sato, you need to get a | ||
519 | root filesystem that supports Sato.</para> | ||
520 | <para>You can find the cross-development toolchains at | ||
521 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_TOOLCHAIN_DL_URL;'><filename>toolchains</filename></ulink>. | ||
522 | Be sure to get the correct toolchain for your development host and your | ||
523 | target architecture. | ||
524 | See the "<link linkend='sdk-locating-pre-built-sdk-installers'>Locating Pre-Built SDK Installers</link>" | ||
525 | section for information and the | ||
526 | "<link linkend='sdk-installing-the-sdk'>Installing the SDK</link>" | ||
527 | section for installation information. | ||
528 | <note> | ||
529 | As an alternative to downloading an SDK, you can build | ||
530 | the toolchain installer. | ||
531 | For information on building the installer, see the | ||
532 | "<link linkend='sdk-building-an-sdk-installer'>Building an SDK Installer</link>" | ||
533 | section. | ||
534 | Another helpful resource for building an installer is | ||
535 | the | ||
536 | <ulink url='https://wiki.yoctoproject.org/wiki/TipsAndTricks/RunningEclipseAgainstBuiltImage'>Cookbook guide to Making an Eclipse Debug Capable Image</ulink> | ||
537 | wiki page. | ||
538 | </note> | ||
539 | </para></listitem> | ||
540 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Create and build your application</emphasis>: | ||
541 | At this point, you need to have source files for your application. | ||
542 | Once you have the files, you can use the Eclipse IDE to import them and build the | ||
543 | project. | ||
544 | If you are not using Eclipse, you need to use the cross-development tools you have | ||
545 | installed to create the image.</para></listitem> | ||
546 | <listitem><para> | ||
547 | <emphasis>Deploy the image with the application</emphasis>: | ||
548 | Using the Eclipse IDE, you can deploy your image to the | ||
549 | hardware or to QEMU through the project's preferences. | ||
550 | You can also use Eclipse to load and test your image under | ||
551 | QEMU. | ||
552 | See the | ||
553 | "<ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_DEV_URL;#dev-manual-qemu'>Using the Quick EMUlator (QEMU)</ulink>" | ||
554 | chapter in the Yocto Project Development Manual | ||
555 | for information on using QEMU. | ||
556 | </para></listitem> | ||
557 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Test and debug the application</emphasis>: | ||
558 | Once your application is deployed, you need to test it. | ||
559 | Within the Eclipse IDE, you can use the debugging | ||
560 | environment along with supported performance enhancing | ||
561 | <ulink url='http://www.eclipse.org/linuxtools/'>Linux Tools</ulink>. | ||
562 | </para></listitem> | ||
563 | </orderedlist> | ||
564 | </para> | 167 | </para> |
565 | </section> | 168 | </section> |
566 | 169 | ||
567 | <section id='adt-eclipse'> | 170 | <section id='sdk-running-the-sdk-environment-setup-script'> |
568 | <title>Working Within Eclipse</title> | 171 | <title>Running the SDK Environment Setup Script</title> |
569 | 172 | ||
570 | <para> | 173 | <para> |
571 | The Eclipse IDE is a popular development environment and it fully | 174 | Once you have the SDK installed, you must run the SDK environment |
572 | supports development using the Yocto Project. | 175 | setup script before you can actually use it. |
176 | This setup script resides in the directory you chose when you | ||
177 | installed the SDK. | ||
178 | For information on where this setup script can reside, see the | ||
179 | "<link linkend='sdk-appendix-obtain'>Obtaining the SDK</link>" | ||
180 | Appendix. | ||
573 | </para> | 181 | </para> |
574 | 182 | ||
575 | <para> | 183 | <para> |
576 | When you install and configure the Eclipse Yocto Project Plug-in | 184 | Before running the script, be sure it is the one that matches the |
577 | into the Eclipse IDE, you maximize your Yocto Project experience. | 185 | architecture for which you are developing. |
578 | Installing and configuring the Plug-in results in an environment | 186 | Environment setup scripts begin with the string |
579 | that has extensions specifically designed to let you more easily | 187 | "<filename>environment-setup</filename>" and include as part of |
580 | develop software. | 188 | their name the tuned target architecture. |
581 | These extensions allow for cross-compilation, deployment, and | 189 | For example, the command to source a setup script for an IA-based |
582 | execution of your output into a QEMU emulation session as well as | 190 | target machine using i586 tuning and located in the default SDK |
583 | actual target hardware. | 191 | installation directory is as follows: |
584 | You can also perform cross-debugging and profiling. | 192 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> |
585 | The environment also supports performance enhancing | 193 | $ source /opt/poky/&DISTRO;/environment-setup-i586-poky-linux |
586 | <ulink url='http://www.eclipse.org/linuxtools/'>tools</ulink> that | 194 | </literallayout> |
587 | allow you to perform remote profiling, tracing, collection of | 195 | When you run the setup script, the same environment variables are |
588 | power data, collection of latency data, and collection of | 196 | defined as are when you run the setup script for an extensible SDK. |
589 | performance data. | 197 | See the |
590 | <note> | 198 | "<link linkend='sdk-running-the-extensible-sdk-environment-setup-script'>Running the Extensible SDK Environment Setup Script</link>" |
591 | This release of the Yocto Project supports both the Neon | 199 | section for more information. |
592 | and Mars versions of the Eclipse IDE. | ||
593 | This section provides information on how to use the Neon | ||
594 | release with the Yocto Project. | ||
595 | For information on how to use the Mars version of Eclipse | ||
596 | with the Yocto Project, see | ||
597 | "<link linkend='sdk-appendix-mars'>Appendix C</link>. | ||
598 | </note> | ||
599 | </para> | 200 | </para> |
600 | |||
601 | <section id='neon-setting-up-the-eclipse-ide'> | ||
602 | <title>Setting Up the Neon Version of the Eclipse IDE</title> | ||
603 | |||
604 | <para> | ||
605 | To develop within the Eclipse IDE, you need to do the following: | ||
606 | <orderedlist> | ||
607 | <listitem><para>Install the Neon version of the Eclipse | ||
608 | IDE.</para></listitem> | ||
609 | <listitem><para>Configure the Eclipse IDE. | ||
610 | </para></listitem> | ||
611 | <listitem><para>Install the Eclipse Yocto Plug-in. | ||
612 | </para></listitem> | ||
613 | <listitem><para>Configure the Eclipse Yocto Plug-in. | ||
614 | </para></listitem> | ||
615 | </orderedlist> | ||
616 | <note> | ||
617 | Do not install Eclipse from your distribution's package | ||
618 | repository. | ||
619 | Be sure to install Eclipse from the official Eclipse | ||
620 | download site as directed in the next section. | ||
621 | </note> | ||
622 | </para> | ||
623 | |||
624 | <section id='neon-installing-eclipse-ide'> | ||
625 | <title>Installing the Neon Eclipse IDE</title> | ||
626 | |||
627 | <para> | ||
628 | Follow these steps to locate, install, and configure | ||
629 | Neon Eclipse: | ||
630 | <orderedlist> | ||
631 | <listitem><para> | ||
632 | <emphasis>Locate the Neon Download:</emphasis> | ||
633 | Open a browser and go to | ||
634 | <ulink url='http://www.eclipse.org/mars/'>http://www.eclipse.org/neon/</ulink>. | ||
635 | </para></listitem> | ||
636 | <listitem><para> | ||
637 | <emphasis>Download the Tarball:</emphasis> | ||
638 | Click through the "Download" buttons to | ||
639 | download the file. | ||
640 | </para></listitem> | ||
641 | <listitem><para> | ||
642 | <emphasis>Unpack the Tarball:</emphasis> | ||
643 | Move to a clean directory and unpack the tarball. | ||
644 | Here is an example: | ||
645 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
646 | $ cd ~ | ||
647 | $ tar -xzvf ~/Downloads/eclipse-inst-linux64.tar.gz | ||
648 | </literallayout> | ||
649 | Everything unpacks into a folder named | ||
650 | "eclipse-installer". | ||
651 | </para></listitem> | ||
652 | <listitem><para> | ||
653 | <emphasis>Launch the Installer:</emphasis> | ||
654 | Use the following commands to launch the installer: | ||
655 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
656 | $ cd ~/eclipse-installer | ||
657 | $ ./eclipse-inst | ||
658 | </literallayout> | ||
659 | </para></listitem> | ||
660 | <listitem><para> | ||
661 | <emphasis>Select Your IDE:</emphasis> | ||
662 | From the list, select the "Eclipse IDE for | ||
663 | C/C++ Developers". | ||
664 | </para></listitem> | ||
665 | <listitem><para> | ||
666 | <emphasis>Install the Software:</emphasis> | ||
667 | Accept the default "cpp-neon" directory and click | ||
668 | "Install". | ||
669 | Accept any license agreements and approve any | ||
670 | certificates. | ||
671 | </para></listitem> | ||
672 | <listitem><para> | ||
673 | <emphasis>Launch Neon:</emphasis> | ||
674 | Click the "Launch" button and accept the default | ||
675 | "workspace". | ||
676 | </para></listitem> | ||
677 | </orderedlist> | ||
678 | </para> | ||
679 | </section> | ||
680 | |||
681 | <section id='neon-configuring-the-mars-eclipse-ide'> | ||
682 | <title>Configuring the Neon Eclipse IDE</title> | ||
683 | |||
684 | <para> | ||
685 | Follow these steps to configure the Neon Eclipse IDE. | ||
686 | <note> | ||
687 | Depending on how you installed Eclipse and what you have | ||
688 | already done, some of the options will not appear. | ||
689 | If you cannot find an option as directed by the manual, | ||
690 | it has already been installed. | ||
691 | </note> | ||
692 | <orderedlist> | ||
693 | <listitem><para>Be sure Eclipse is running and | ||
694 | you are in your workbench. | ||
695 | </para></listitem> | ||
696 | <listitem><para>Select "Install New Software" from | ||
697 | the "Help" pull-down menu. | ||
698 | </para></listitem> | ||
699 | <listitem><para>Select | ||
700 | "Neon - http://download.eclipse.org/releases/neon" | ||
701 | from the "Work with:" pull-down menu. | ||
702 | </para></listitem> | ||
703 | <listitem><para>Expand the box next to | ||
704 | "Linux Tools" and select the following: | ||
705 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
706 | C/C++ Remote (Over TCF/TE) Run/Debug Launcher | ||
707 | TM Terminal | ||
708 | </literallayout> | ||
709 | </para></listitem> | ||
710 | <listitem><para>Expand the box next to "Mobile and | ||
711 | Device Development" and select the following | ||
712 | boxes: | ||
713 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
714 | C/C++ Remote (Over TCF/TE) Run/Debug Launcher | ||
715 | Remote System Explorer User Actions | ||
716 | TM Terminal | ||
717 | TCF Remote System Explorer add-in | ||
718 | TCF Target Explorer | ||
719 | </literallayout> | ||
720 | </para></listitem> | ||
721 | <listitem><para>Expand the box next to | ||
722 | "Programming Languages" and select the | ||
723 | following box: | ||
724 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
725 | C/C++ Development Tools SDK | ||
726 | </literallayout> | ||
727 | </para></listitem> | ||
728 | <listitem><para> | ||
729 | Complete the installation by clicking through | ||
730 | appropriate "Next" and "Finish" buttons. | ||
731 | </para></listitem> | ||
732 | </orderedlist> | ||
733 | </para> | ||
734 | </section> | ||
735 | |||
736 | <section id='neon-installing-the-eclipse-yocto-plug-in'> | ||
737 | <title>Installing or Accessing the Neon Eclipse Yocto Plug-in</title> | ||
738 | |||
739 | <para> | ||
740 | You can install the Eclipse Yocto Plug-in into the Eclipse | ||
741 | IDE one of two ways: use the Yocto Project's Eclipse | ||
742 | Update site to install the pre-built plug-in or build and | ||
743 | install the plug-in from the latest source code. | ||
744 | </para> | ||
745 | |||
746 | <section id='neon-new-software'> | ||
747 | <title>Installing the Pre-built Plug-in from the Yocto Project Eclipse Update Site</title> | ||
748 | |||
749 | <para> | ||
750 | To install the Neon Eclipse Yocto Plug-in from the | ||
751 | update site, follow these steps: | ||
752 | <orderedlist> | ||
753 | <listitem><para>Start up the Eclipse IDE. | ||
754 | </para></listitem> | ||
755 | <listitem><para>In Eclipse, select "Install New | ||
756 | Software" from the "Help" menu. | ||
757 | </para></listitem> | ||
758 | <listitem><para>Click "Add..." in the "Work with:" | ||
759 | area. | ||
760 | </para></listitem> | ||
761 | <listitem><para>Enter | ||
762 | <filename>&ECLIPSE_DL_PLUGIN_URL;/neon</filename> | ||
763 | in the URL field and provide a meaningful name | ||
764 | in the "Name" field. | ||
765 | </para></listitem> | ||
766 | <listitem><para>Click "OK" to have the entry added | ||
767 | to the "Work with:" drop-down list. | ||
768 | </para></listitem> | ||
769 | <listitem><para>Select the entry for the plug-in | ||
770 | from the "Work with:" drop-down list. | ||
771 | </para></listitem> | ||
772 | <listitem><para>Check the boxes next to the following: | ||
773 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
774 | Yocto Project SDK Plug-in | ||
775 | Yocto Project Documentation plug-in | ||
776 | </literallayout> | ||
777 | </para></listitem> | ||
778 | <listitem><para>Complete the remaining software | ||
779 | installation steps and then restart the Eclipse | ||
780 | IDE to finish the installation of the plug-in. | ||
781 | <note> | ||
782 | You can click "OK" when prompted about | ||
783 | installing software that contains unsigned | ||
784 | content. | ||
785 | </note> | ||
786 | </para></listitem> | ||
787 | </orderedlist> | ||
788 | </para> | ||
789 | </section> | ||
790 | |||
791 | <section id='neon-zip-file-method'> | ||
792 | <title>Installing the Plug-in Using the Latest Source Code</title> | ||
793 | |||
794 | <para> | ||
795 | To install the Neon Eclipse Yocto Plug-in from the | ||
796 | latest source code, follow these steps: | ||
797 | <orderedlist> | ||
798 | <listitem><para>Be sure your development system | ||
799 | has JDK 1.8+ | ||
800 | </para></listitem> | ||
801 | <listitem><para>install X11-related packages: | ||
802 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
803 | $ sudo apt-get install xauth | ||
804 | </literallayout> | ||
805 | </para></listitem> | ||
806 | <listitem><para>In a new terminal shell, create a | ||
807 | Git repository with: | ||
808 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
809 | $ cd ~ | ||
810 | $ git clone git://git.yoctoproject.org/eclipse-poky | ||
811 | </literallayout> | ||
812 | </para></listitem> | ||
813 | <listitem><para>Use Git to create the correct | ||
814 | tag: | ||
815 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
816 | $ cd ~/eclipse-poky | ||
817 | $ git checkout neon/yocto-&DISTRO; | ||
818 | </literallayout> | ||
819 | This creates a local tag named | ||
820 | <filename>neon/yocto-&DISTRO;</filename> | ||
821 | based on the branch | ||
822 | <filename>origin/neon-master</filename>. | ||
823 | You are put into a detached HEAD state, which | ||
824 | is fine since you are only going to be building | ||
825 | and not developing. | ||
826 | </para></listitem> | ||
827 | <listitem><para>Change to the | ||
828 | <filename>scripts</filename> | ||
829 | directory within the Git repository: | ||
830 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
831 | $ cd scripts | ||
832 | </literallayout> | ||
833 | </para></listitem> | ||
834 | <listitem><para>Set up the local build environment | ||
835 | by running the setup script: | ||
836 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
837 | $ ./setup.sh | ||
838 | </literallayout> | ||
839 | When the script finishes execution, | ||
840 | it prompts you with instructions on how to run | ||
841 | the <filename>build.sh</filename> script, which | ||
842 | is also in the <filename>scripts</filename> | ||
843 | directory of the Git repository created | ||
844 | earlier. | ||
845 | </para></listitem> | ||
846 | <listitem><para> | ||
847 | Run the <filename>build.sh</filename> | ||
848 | script as directed. | ||
849 | Be sure to provide the tag name, documentation | ||
850 | branch, and a release name.</para> | ||
851 | <para> | ||
852 | Following is an example: | ||
853 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
854 | $ ECLIPSE_HOME=/home/scottrif/eclipse-poky/scripts/eclipse ./build.sh -l neon/yocto-&DISTRO; master yocto-&DISTRO; 2>&1 | tee build.log | ||
855 | </literallayout> | ||
856 | The previous example command adds the tag you | ||
857 | need for | ||
858 | <filename>mars/yocto-&DISTRO;</filename> | ||
859 | to <filename>HEAD</filename>, then tells the | ||
860 | build script to use the local (-l) Git checkout | ||
861 | for the build. | ||
862 | After running the script, the file | ||
863 | <filename>org.yocto.sdk-</filename><replaceable>release</replaceable><filename>-</filename><replaceable>date</replaceable><filename>-archive.zip</filename> | ||
864 | is in the current directory. | ||
865 | </para></listitem> | ||
866 | <listitem><para>If necessary, start the Eclipse IDE | ||
867 | and be sure you are in the Workbench. | ||
868 | </para></listitem> | ||
869 | <listitem><para>Select "Install New Software" from | ||
870 | the "Help" pull-down menu. | ||
871 | </para></listitem> | ||
872 | <listitem><para>Click "Add". | ||
873 | </para></listitem> | ||
874 | <listitem><para>Provide anything you want in the | ||
875 | "Name" field. | ||
876 | </para></listitem> | ||
877 | <listitem><para>Click "Archive" and browse to the | ||
878 | ZIP file you built earlier. | ||
879 | This ZIP file should not be "unzipped", and must | ||
880 | be the <filename>*archive.zip</filename> file | ||
881 | created by running the | ||
882 | <filename>build.sh</filename> script. | ||
883 | </para></listitem> | ||
884 | <listitem><para>Click the "OK" button. | ||
885 | </para></listitem> | ||
886 | <listitem><para>Check the boxes that appear in | ||
887 | the installation window to install the | ||
888 | following: | ||
889 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
890 | Yocto Project SDK Plug-in | ||
891 | Yocto Project Documentation plug-in | ||
892 | </literallayout> | ||
893 | </para></listitem> | ||
894 | <listitem><para>Finish the installation by clicking | ||
895 | through the appropriate buttons. | ||
896 | You can click "OK" when prompted about | ||
897 | installing software that contains unsigned | ||
898 | content. | ||
899 | </para></listitem> | ||
900 | <listitem><para>Restart the Eclipse IDE if | ||
901 | necessary. | ||
902 | </para></listitem> | ||
903 | </orderedlist> | ||
904 | </para> | ||
905 | |||
906 | <para> | ||
907 | At this point you should be able to configure the | ||
908 | Eclipse Yocto Plug-in as described in the | ||
909 | "<link linkend='mars-configuring-the-eclipse-yocto-plug-in'>Configuring the Neon Eclipse Yocto Plug-in</link>" | ||
910 | section. | ||
911 | </para> | ||
912 | </section> | ||
913 | </section> | ||
914 | |||
915 | <section id='neon-configuring-the-eclipse-yocto-plug-in'> | ||
916 | <title>Configuring the Neon Eclipse Yocto Plug-in</title> | ||
917 | |||
918 | <para> | ||
919 | Configuring the Neon Eclipse Yocto Plug-in involves | ||
920 | setting the Cross Compiler options and the Target options. | ||
921 | The configurations you choose become the default settings | ||
922 | for all projects. | ||
923 | You do have opportunities to change them later when | ||
924 | you configure the project (see the following section). | ||
925 | </para> | ||
926 | |||
927 | <para> | ||
928 | To start, you need to do the following from within the | ||
929 | Eclipse IDE: | ||
930 | <itemizedlist> | ||
931 | <listitem><para>Choose "Preferences" from the | ||
932 | "Window" menu to display the Preferences Dialog. | ||
933 | </para></listitem> | ||
934 | <listitem><para>Click "Yocto Project SDK" to display | ||
935 | the configuration screen. | ||
936 | </para></listitem> | ||
937 | </itemizedlist> | ||
938 | The following sub-sections describe how to configure the | ||
939 | the plug-in. | ||
940 | <note> | ||
941 | Throughout the descriptions, a start-to-finish example for | ||
942 | preparing a QEMU image for use with Eclipse is referenced | ||
943 | as the "wiki" and is linked to the example on the | ||
944 | <ulink url='https://wiki.yoctoproject.org/wiki/TipsAndTricks/RunningEclipseAgainstBuiltImage'> Cookbook guide to Making an Eclipse Debug Capable Image</ulink> | ||
945 | wiki page. | ||
946 | </note> | ||
947 | </para> | ||
948 | |||
949 | <section id='neon-configuring-the-cross-compiler-options'> | ||
950 | <title>Configuring the Cross-Compiler Options</title> | ||
951 | |||
952 | <para> | ||
953 | Cross Compiler options enable Eclipse to use your specific | ||
954 | cross compiler toolchain. | ||
955 | To configure these options, you must select | ||
956 | the type of toolchain, point to the toolchain, specify | ||
957 | the sysroot location, and select the target | ||
958 | architecture. | ||
959 | <itemizedlist> | ||
960 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Selecting the Toolchain Type:</emphasis> | ||
961 | Choose between | ||
962 | <filename>Standalone pre-built toolchain</filename> | ||
963 | and | ||
964 | <filename>Build system derived toolchain</filename> | ||
965 | for Cross Compiler Options. | ||
966 | <itemizedlist> | ||
967 | <listitem><para><emphasis> | ||
968 | <filename>Standalone Pre-built Toolchain:</filename></emphasis> | ||
969 | Select this type when you are using | ||
970 | a stand-alone cross-toolchain. | ||
971 | For example, suppose you are an | ||
972 | application developer and do not | ||
973 | need to build a target image. | ||
974 | Instead, you just want to use an | ||
975 | architecture-specific toolchain on | ||
976 | an existing kernel and target root | ||
977 | filesystem. | ||
978 | In other words, you have downloaded | ||
979 | and installed a pre-built toolchain | ||
980 | for an existing image. | ||
981 | </para></listitem> | ||
982 | <listitem><para><emphasis> | ||
983 | <filename>Build System Derived Toolchain:</filename></emphasis> | ||
984 | Select this type if you built the | ||
985 | toolchain as part of the | ||
986 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_DEV_URL;#build-directory'>Build Directory</ulink>. | ||
987 | When you select | ||
988 | <filename>Build system derived toolchain</filename>, | ||
989 | you are using the toolchain built and | ||
990 | bundled inside the Build Directory. | ||
991 | For example, suppose you created a | ||
992 | suitable image using the steps in the | ||
993 | <ulink url='https://wiki.yoctoproject.org/wiki/TipsAndTricks/RunningEclipseAgainstBuiltImage'>wiki</ulink>. | ||
994 | In this situation, you would select the | ||
995 | <filename>Build system derived toolchain</filename>. | ||
996 | </para></listitem> | ||
997 | </itemizedlist> | ||
998 | </para></listitem> | ||
999 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Specify the Toolchain Root Location:</emphasis> | ||
1000 | If you are using a stand-alone pre-built | ||
1001 | toolchain, you should be pointing to where it is | ||
1002 | installed (e.g. | ||
1003 | <filename>/opt/poky/&DISTRO;</filename>). | ||
1004 | See the | ||
1005 | "<link linkend='sdk-installing-the-sdk'>Installing the SDK</link>" | ||
1006 | section for information about how the SDK is | ||
1007 | installed.</para> | ||
1008 | <para>If you are using a build system derived | ||
1009 | toolchain, the path you provide for the | ||
1010 | <filename>Toolchain Root Location</filename> | ||
1011 | field is the | ||
1012 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_DEV_URL;#build-directory'>Build Directory</ulink> | ||
1013 | from which you run the | ||
1014 | <filename>bitbake</filename> command (e.g | ||
1015 | <filename>/home/scottrif/poky/build</filename>).</para> | ||
1016 | <para>For more information, see the | ||
1017 | "<link linkend='sdk-building-an-sdk-installer'>Building an SDK Installer</link>" | ||
1018 | section. | ||
1019 | </para></listitem> | ||
1020 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Specify Sysroot Location:</emphasis> | ||
1021 | This location is where the root filesystem for | ||
1022 | the target hardware resides. | ||
1023 | </para> | ||
1024 | <para>This location depends on where you | ||
1025 | separately extracted and installed the target | ||
1026 | filesystem. | ||
1027 | As an example, suppose you prepared an image | ||
1028 | using the steps in the | ||
1029 | <ulink url='https://wiki.yoctoproject.org/wiki/TipsAndTricks/RunningEclipseAgainstBuiltImage'>wiki</ulink>. | ||
1030 | If so, the <filename>MY_QEMU_ROOTFS</filename> | ||
1031 | directory is found in the | ||
1032 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_DEV_URL;#build-directory'>Build Directory</ulink> | ||
1033 | and you would browse to and select that directory | ||
1034 | (e.g. <filename>/home/scottrif/poky/build/MY_QEMU_ROOTFS</filename>). | ||
1035 | </para> | ||
1036 | <para>For more information on how to install the | ||
1037 | toolchain and on how to extract and install the | ||
1038 | sysroot filesystem, see the | ||
1039 | "<link linkend='sdk-building-an-sdk-installer'>Building an SDK Installer</link>" | ||
1040 | section. | ||
1041 | </para></listitem> | ||
1042 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Select the Target Architecture:</emphasis> | ||
1043 | The target architecture is the type of hardware | ||
1044 | you are going to use or emulate. | ||
1045 | Use the pull-down | ||
1046 | <filename>Target Architecture</filename> menu | ||
1047 | to make your selection. | ||
1048 | The pull-down menu should have the supported | ||
1049 | architectures. | ||
1050 | If the architecture you need is not listed in | ||
1051 | the menu, you will need to build the image. | ||
1052 | See the | ||
1053 | "<ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_QS_URL;#qs-building-images'>Building Images</ulink>" | ||
1054 | section of the Yocto Project Quick Start for | ||
1055 | more information. | ||
1056 | You can also see the | ||
1057 | <ulink url='https://wiki.yoctoproject.org/wiki/TipsAndTricks/RunningEclipseAgainstBuiltImage'>wiki</ulink>. | ||
1058 | </para></listitem> | ||
1059 | </itemizedlist> | ||
1060 | </para> | ||
1061 | </section> | ||
1062 | |||
1063 | <section id='neon-configuring-the-target-options'> | ||
1064 | <title>Configuring the Target Options</title> | ||
1065 | |||
1066 | <para> | ||
1067 | You can choose to emulate hardware using the QEMU | ||
1068 | emulator, or you can choose to run your image on actual | ||
1069 | hardware. | ||
1070 | <itemizedlist> | ||
1071 | <listitem><para><emphasis>QEMU:</emphasis> | ||
1072 | Select this option if you will be using the | ||
1073 | QEMU emulator. | ||
1074 | If you are using the emulator, you also need to | ||
1075 | locate the kernel and specify any custom | ||
1076 | options.</para> | ||
1077 | <para>If you selected the | ||
1078 | <filename>Build system derived toolchain</filename>, | ||
1079 | the target kernel you built will be located in | ||
1080 | the | ||
1081 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_DEV_URL;#build-directory'>Build Directory</ulink> | ||
1082 | in | ||
1083 | <filename>tmp/deploy/images/<replaceable>machine</replaceable></filename> | ||
1084 | directory. | ||
1085 | As an example, suppose you performed the steps in | ||
1086 | the | ||
1087 | <ulink url='https://wiki.yoctoproject.org/wiki/TipsAndTricks/RunningEclipseAgainstBuiltImage'>wiki</ulink>. | ||
1088 | In this case, you specify your Build Directory path | ||
1089 | followed by the image (e.g. | ||
1090 | <filename>/home/scottrif/poky/build/tmp/deploy/images/qemux86/bzImage-qemux86.bin</filename>). | ||
1091 | </para> | ||
1092 | <para>If you selected the standalone pre-built | ||
1093 | toolchain, the pre-built image you downloaded is | ||
1094 | located in the directory you specified when you | ||
1095 | downloaded the image.</para> | ||
1096 | <para>Most custom options are for advanced QEMU | ||
1097 | users to further customize their QEMU instance. | ||
1098 | These options are specified between paired | ||
1099 | angled brackets. | ||
1100 | Some options must be specified outside the | ||
1101 | brackets. | ||
1102 | In particular, the options | ||
1103 | <filename>serial</filename>, | ||
1104 | <filename>nographic</filename>, and | ||
1105 | <filename>kvm</filename> must all be outside the | ||
1106 | brackets. | ||
1107 | Use the <filename>man qemu</filename> command | ||
1108 | to get help on all the options and their use. | ||
1109 | The following is an example: | ||
1110 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
1111 | serial ‘<-m 256 -full-screen>’ | ||
1112 | </literallayout></para> | ||
1113 | <para> | ||
1114 | Regardless of the mode, Sysroot is already | ||
1115 | defined as part of the Cross-Compiler Options | ||
1116 | configuration in the | ||
1117 | <filename>Sysroot Location:</filename> field. | ||
1118 | </para></listitem> | ||
1119 | <listitem><para><emphasis>External HW:</emphasis> | ||
1120 | Select this option if you will be using actual | ||
1121 | hardware.</para></listitem> | ||
1122 | </itemizedlist> | ||
1123 | </para> | ||
1124 | |||
1125 | <para> | ||
1126 | Click the "Apply" and "OK" to save your plug-in | ||
1127 | configurations. | ||
1128 | </para> | ||
1129 | </section> | ||
1130 | </section> | ||
1131 | </section> | ||
1132 | |||
1133 | <section id='neon-creating-the-project'> | ||
1134 | <title>Creating the Project</title> | ||
1135 | |||
1136 | <para> | ||
1137 | You can create two types of projects: Autotools-based, or | ||
1138 | Makefile-based. | ||
1139 | This section describes how to create Autotools-based projects | ||
1140 | from within the Eclipse IDE. | ||
1141 | For information on creating Makefile-based projects in a | ||
1142 | terminal window, see the | ||
1143 | "<link linkend='makefile-based-projects'>Makefile-Based Projects</link>" | ||
1144 | section. | ||
1145 | <note> | ||
1146 | Do not use special characters in project names | ||
1147 | (e.g. spaces, underscores, etc.). Doing so can | ||
1148 | cause configuration to fail. | ||
1149 | </note> | ||
1150 | </para> | ||
1151 | |||
1152 | <para> | ||
1153 | To create a project based on a Yocto template and then display | ||
1154 | the source code, follow these steps: | ||
1155 | <orderedlist> | ||
1156 | <listitem><para>Select "C Project" from the "File -> New" menu. | ||
1157 | </para></listitem> | ||
1158 | <listitem><para>Expand <filename>Yocto Project SDK Autotools Project</filename>. | ||
1159 | </para></listitem> | ||
1160 | <listitem><para>Select <filename>Hello World ANSI C Autotools Projects</filename>. | ||
1161 | This is an Autotools-based project based on a Yocto | ||
1162 | template. | ||
1163 | </para></listitem> | ||
1164 | <listitem><para>Put a name in the <filename>Project name:</filename> | ||
1165 | field. | ||
1166 | Do not use hyphens as part of the name | ||
1167 | (e.g. <filename>hello</filename>). | ||
1168 | </para></listitem> | ||
1169 | <listitem><para>Click "Next". | ||
1170 | </para></listitem> | ||
1171 | <listitem><para>Add appropriate information in the various | ||
1172 | fields. | ||
1173 | </para></listitem> | ||
1174 | <listitem><para>Click "Finish". | ||
1175 | </para></listitem> | ||
1176 | <listitem><para>If the "open perspective" prompt appears, | ||
1177 | click "Yes" so that you in the C/C++ perspective. | ||
1178 | </para></listitem> | ||
1179 | <listitem><para>The left-hand navigation pane shows your | ||
1180 | project. | ||
1181 | You can display your source by double clicking the | ||
1182 | project's source file. | ||
1183 | </para></listitem> | ||
1184 | </orderedlist> | ||
1185 | </para> | ||
1186 | </section> | ||
1187 | |||
1188 | <section id='neon-configuring-the-cross-toolchains'> | ||
1189 | <title>Configuring the Cross-Toolchains</title> | ||
1190 | |||
1191 | <para> | ||
1192 | The earlier section, | ||
1193 | "<link linkend='neon-configuring-the-eclipse-yocto-plug-in'>Configuring the Neon Eclipse Yocto Plug-in</link>", | ||
1194 | sets up the default project configurations. | ||
1195 | You can override these settings for a given project by following | ||
1196 | these steps: | ||
1197 | <orderedlist> | ||
1198 | <listitem><para>Select "Yocto Project Settings" from | ||
1199 | the "Project -> Properties" menu. | ||
1200 | This selection brings up the Yocto Project Settings | ||
1201 | Dialog and allows you to make changes specific to an | ||
1202 | individual project.</para> | ||
1203 | <para>By default, the Cross Compiler Options and Target | ||
1204 | Options for a project are inherited from settings you | ||
1205 | provided using the Preferences Dialog as described | ||
1206 | earlier in the | ||
1207 | "<link linkend='neon-configuring-the-eclipse-yocto-plug-in'>Configuring the Neon Eclipse Yocto Plug-in</link>" section. | ||
1208 | The Yocto Project Settings Dialog allows you to override | ||
1209 | those default settings for a given project. | ||
1210 | </para></listitem> | ||
1211 | <listitem><para>Make or verify your configurations for the | ||
1212 | project and click "OK". | ||
1213 | </para></listitem> | ||
1214 | <listitem><para>Right-click in the navigation pane and | ||
1215 | select "Reconfigure Project" from the pop-up menu. | ||
1216 | This selection reconfigures the project by running | ||
1217 | <filename>autogen.sh</filename> in the workspace for | ||
1218 | your project. | ||
1219 | The script also runs <filename>libtoolize</filename>, | ||
1220 | <filename>aclocal</filename>, | ||
1221 | <filename>autoconf</filename>, | ||
1222 | <filename>autoheader</filename>, | ||
1223 | <filename>automake --a</filename>, and | ||
1224 | <filename>./configure</filename>. | ||
1225 | Click on the "Console" tab beneath your source code to | ||
1226 | see the results of reconfiguring your project. | ||
1227 | </para></listitem> | ||
1228 | </orderedlist> | ||
1229 | </para> | ||
1230 | </section> | ||
1231 | |||
1232 | <section id='neon-building-the-project'> | ||
1233 | <title>Building the Project</title> | ||
1234 | |||
1235 | <para> | ||
1236 | To build the project select "Build All" from the | ||
1237 | "Project" menu. | ||
1238 | The console should update and you can note the cross-compiler | ||
1239 | you are using. | ||
1240 | <note> | ||
1241 | When building "Yocto Project SDK Autotools" projects, the | ||
1242 | Eclipse IDE might display error messages for | ||
1243 | Functions/Symbols/Types that cannot be "resolved", even when | ||
1244 | the related include file is listed at the project navigator and | ||
1245 | when the project is able to build. | ||
1246 | For these cases only, it is recommended to add a new linked | ||
1247 | folder to the appropriate sysroot. | ||
1248 | Use these steps to add the linked folder: | ||
1249 | <orderedlist> | ||
1250 | <listitem><para> | ||
1251 | Select the project. | ||
1252 | </para></listitem> | ||
1253 | <listitem><para> | ||
1254 | Select "Folder" from the | ||
1255 | <filename>File > New</filename> menu. | ||
1256 | </para></listitem> | ||
1257 | <listitem><para> | ||
1258 | In the "New Folder" Dialog, select "Link to alternate | ||
1259 | location (linked folder)". | ||
1260 | </para></listitem> | ||
1261 | <listitem><para> | ||
1262 | Click "Browse" to navigate to the include folder inside | ||
1263 | the same sysroot location selected in the Yocto Project | ||
1264 | configuration preferences. | ||
1265 | </para></listitem> | ||
1266 | <listitem><para> | ||
1267 | Click "OK". | ||
1268 | </para></listitem> | ||
1269 | <listitem><para> | ||
1270 | Click "Finish" to save the linked folder. | ||
1271 | </para></listitem> | ||
1272 | </orderedlist> | ||
1273 | </note> | ||
1274 | </para> | ||
1275 | </section> | ||
1276 | |||
1277 | <section id='neon-starting-qemu-in-user-space-nfs-mode'> | ||
1278 | <title>Starting QEMU in User-Space NFS Mode</title> | ||
1279 | |||
1280 | <para> | ||
1281 | To start the QEMU emulator from within Eclipse, follow these | ||
1282 | steps: | ||
1283 | <note> | ||
1284 | See the | ||
1285 | "<ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_DEV_URL;#dev-manual-qemu'>Using the Quick EMUlator (QEMU)</ulink>" | ||
1286 | chapter in the Yocto Project Development Manual | ||
1287 | for more information on using QEMU. | ||
1288 | </note> | ||
1289 | <orderedlist> | ||
1290 | <listitem><para>Expose and select "External Tools | ||
1291 | Configurations ..." from the "Run -> External Tools" menu. | ||
1292 | </para></listitem> | ||
1293 | <listitem><para> | ||
1294 | Locate and select your image in the navigation panel to | ||
1295 | the left (e.g. <filename>qemu_i586-poky-linux</filename>). | ||
1296 | </para></listitem> | ||
1297 | <listitem><para> | ||
1298 | Click "Run" to launch QEMU. | ||
1299 | <note> | ||
1300 | The host on which you are running QEMU must have | ||
1301 | the <filename>rpcbind</filename> utility running to be | ||
1302 | able to make RPC calls on a server on that machine. | ||
1303 | If QEMU does not invoke and you receive error messages | ||
1304 | involving <filename>rpcbind</filename>, follow the | ||
1305 | suggestions to get the service running. | ||
1306 | As an example, on a new Ubuntu 16.04 LTS installation, | ||
1307 | you must do the following in order to get QEMU to | ||
1308 | launch: | ||
1309 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
1310 | $ sudo apt-get install rpcbind | ||
1311 | </literallayout> | ||
1312 | After installing <filename>rpcbind</filename>, you | ||
1313 | need to edit the | ||
1314 | <filename>/etc/init.d/rpcbind</filename> file to | ||
1315 | include the following line: | ||
1316 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
1317 | OPTIONS="-i -w" | ||
1318 | </literallayout> | ||
1319 | After modifying the file, you need to start the | ||
1320 | service: | ||
1321 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
1322 | $ sudo service portmap restart | ||
1323 | </literallayout> | ||
1324 | </note> | ||
1325 | </para></listitem> | ||
1326 | <listitem><para>If needed, enter your host root password in | ||
1327 | the shell window at the prompt. | ||
1328 | This sets up a <filename>Tap 0</filename> connection | ||
1329 | needed for running in user-space NFS mode. | ||
1330 | </para></listitem> | ||
1331 | <listitem><para>Wait for QEMU to launch. | ||
1332 | </para></listitem> | ||
1333 | <listitem><para>Once QEMU launches, you can begin operating | ||
1334 | within that environment. | ||
1335 | One useful task at this point would be to determine the | ||
1336 | IP Address for the user-space NFS by using the | ||
1337 | <filename>ifconfig</filename> command. | ||
1338 | The IP address of the QEMU machine appears in the | ||
1339 | xterm window. | ||
1340 | You can use this address to help you see which particular | ||
1341 | IP address the instance of QEMU is using. | ||
1342 | </para></listitem> | ||
1343 | </orderedlist> | ||
1344 | </para> | ||
1345 | </section> | ||
1346 | |||
1347 | <section id='neon-deploying-and-debugging-the-application'> | ||
1348 | <title>Deploying and Debugging the Application</title> | ||
1349 | |||
1350 | <para> | ||
1351 | Once the QEMU emulator is running the image, you can deploy | ||
1352 | your application using the Eclipse IDE and then use | ||
1353 | the emulator to perform debugging. | ||
1354 | Follow these steps to deploy the application. | ||
1355 | <note> | ||
1356 | Currently, Eclipse does not support SSH port forwarding. | ||
1357 | Consequently, if you need to run or debug a remote | ||
1358 | application using the host display, you must create a | ||
1359 | tunneling connection from outside Eclipse and keep | ||
1360 | that connection alive during your work. | ||
1361 | For example, in a new terminal, run the following: | ||
1362 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
1363 | $ ssh -XY <replaceable>user_name</replaceable>@<replaceable>remote_host_ip</replaceable> | ||
1364 | </literallayout> | ||
1365 | Using the above form, here is an example: | ||
1366 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
1367 | $ ssh -XY root@192.168.7.2 | ||
1368 | </literallayout> | ||
1369 | After running the command, add the command to be executed | ||
1370 | in Eclipse's run configuration before the application | ||
1371 | as follows: | ||
1372 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
1373 | export DISPLAY=:10.0 | ||
1374 | </literallayout> | ||
1375 | Be sure to not destroy the connection during your QEMU | ||
1376 | session (i.e. do not | ||
1377 | exit out of or close that shell). | ||
1378 | </note> | ||
1379 | <orderedlist> | ||
1380 | <listitem><para>Select "Debug Configurations..." from the | ||
1381 | "Run" menu.</para></listitem> | ||
1382 | <listitem><para>In the left area, expand | ||
1383 | <filename>C/C++Remote Application</filename>. | ||
1384 | </para></listitem> | ||
1385 | <listitem><para>Locate your project and select it to bring | ||
1386 | up a new tabbed view in the Debug Configurations Dialog. | ||
1387 | </para></listitem> | ||
1388 | <listitem><para>Click on the "Debugger" tab to see the | ||
1389 | cross-tool debugger you are using. | ||
1390 | Be sure to change to the debugger perspective in Eclipse. | ||
1391 | </para></listitem> | ||
1392 | <listitem><para>Click on the "Main" tab. | ||
1393 | </para></listitem> | ||
1394 | <listitem><para>Create a new connection to the QEMU instance | ||
1395 | by clicking on "new".</para></listitem> | ||
1396 | <listitem><para>Select <filename>SSH</filename>, which means | ||
1397 | Secure Socket Shell and then click "OK". | ||
1398 | Optionally, you can select an TCF connection instead. | ||
1399 | </para></listitem> | ||
1400 | <listitem><para>Clear out the "Connection name" field and | ||
1401 | enter any name you want for the connection. | ||
1402 | </para></listitem> | ||
1403 | <listitem><para>Put the IP address for the connection in | ||
1404 | the "Host" field. | ||
1405 | For QEMU, the default is <filename>192.168.7.2</filename>. | ||
1406 | However, if a previous QEMU session did not exit | ||
1407 | cleanly, the IP address increments (e.g. | ||
1408 | <filename>192.168.7.3</filename>). | ||
1409 | <note> | ||
1410 | You can find the IP address for the current QEMU | ||
1411 | session by looking in the xterm that opens when | ||
1412 | you launch QEMU. | ||
1413 | </note> | ||
1414 | </para></listitem> | ||
1415 | <listitem><para>Enter <filename>root</filename>, which | ||
1416 | is the default for QEMU, for the "User" field. | ||
1417 | Be sure to leave the password field empty. | ||
1418 | </para></listitem> | ||
1419 | <listitem><para>Click "Finish" to close the | ||
1420 | New Connections Dialog. | ||
1421 | </para></listitem> | ||
1422 | <listitem><para>If necessary, use the drop-down menu now in the | ||
1423 | "Connection" field and pick the IP Address you entered. | ||
1424 | </para></listitem> | ||
1425 | <listitem><para>Assuming you are connecting as the root | ||
1426 | user, which is the default for QEMU x86-64 SDK images | ||
1427 | provided by the Yocto Project, in the "Remote Absolute | ||
1428 | File Path for C/C++ Application" field, browse to | ||
1429 | <filename>/home/root/</filename><replaceable>ProjectName</replaceable> | ||
1430 | (e.g. <filename>/home/root/hello</filename>). | ||
1431 | You could also browse to any other path you have write | ||
1432 | access to on the target such as | ||
1433 | <filename>/usr/bin</filename>. | ||
1434 | This location is where your application will be located | ||
1435 | on the QEMU system. | ||
1436 | If you fail to browse to and specify an appropriate | ||
1437 | location, QEMU will not understand what to remotely | ||
1438 | launch. | ||
1439 | Eclipse is helpful in that it auto fills your | ||
1440 | application name for you assuming you browsed to a | ||
1441 | directory. | ||
1442 | <note> | ||
1443 | If you are prompted to provide a username and to | ||
1444 | optionally set a password, be sure you provide | ||
1445 | "root" as the username and you leave the password | ||
1446 | field blank. | ||
1447 | </note> | ||
1448 | </para></listitem> | ||
1449 | <listitem><para> | ||
1450 | Be sure you change to the "Debug" perspective in | ||
1451 | Eclipse. | ||
1452 | </para></listitem> | ||
1453 | <listitem><para>Click "Debug" | ||
1454 | </para></listitem> | ||
1455 | <listitem><para>Accept the debug perspective. | ||
1456 | </para></listitem> | ||
1457 | </orderedlist> | ||
1458 | </para> | ||
1459 | </section> | ||
1460 | |||
1461 | <section id='neon-using-Linuxtools'> | ||
1462 | <title>Using Linuxtools</title> | ||
1463 | |||
1464 | <para> | ||
1465 | As mentioned earlier in the manual, performance tools exist | ||
1466 | (Linuxtools) that enhance your development experience. | ||
1467 | These tools are aids in developing and debugging applications and | ||
1468 | images. | ||
1469 | You can run these tools from within the Eclipse IDE through the | ||
1470 | "Linuxtools" menu. | ||
1471 | </para> | ||
1472 | |||
1473 | <para> | ||
1474 | For information on how to configure and use these tools, see | ||
1475 | <ulink url='http://www.eclipse.org/linuxtools/'>http://www.eclipse.org/linuxtools/</ulink>. | ||
1476 | </para> | ||
1477 | </section> | ||
1478 | </section> | 201 | </section> |
1479 | </section> | ||
1480 | |||
1481 | </chapter> | 202 | </chapter> |
1482 | <!-- | 203 | <!-- |
1483 | vim: expandtab tw=80 ts=4 | 204 | vim: expandtab tw=80 ts=4 |
diff --git a/documentation/sdk-manual/sdk-working-projects.xml b/documentation/sdk-manual/sdk-working-projects.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..15e533000c --- /dev/null +++ b/documentation/sdk-manual/sdk-working-projects.xml | |||
@@ -0,0 +1,1461 @@ | |||
1 | <!DOCTYPE chapter PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.2//EN" | ||
2 | "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.2/docbookx.dtd" | ||
3 | [<!ENTITY % poky SYSTEM "../poky.ent"> %poky; ] > | ||
4 | |||
5 | <chapter id='sdk-working-projects'> | ||
6 | |||
7 | <title>Working with Different Types of Projects</title> | ||
8 | |||
9 | <para> | ||
10 | You can use extensible and standard SDKs when working with Makefile, | ||
11 | Autotools, and <trademark class='trade'>Eclipse</trademark> based | ||
12 | projects. | ||
13 | This chapter covers information specific to each of these types of | ||
14 | projects. | ||
15 | </para> | ||
16 | |||
17 | <section id='autotools-based-projects'> | ||
18 | <title>Autotools-Based Projects</title> | ||
19 | |||
20 | <para> | ||
21 | Once you have a suitable cross-toolchain installed, it is very easy | ||
22 | to develop a project outside of the OpenEmbedded build system. | ||
23 | This section presents a simple "Helloworld" example that shows how | ||
24 | to set up, compile, and run the project. | ||
25 | </para> | ||
26 | |||
27 | <section id='creating-and-running-a-project-based-on-gnu-autotools'> | ||
28 | <title>Creating and Running a Project Based on GNU Autotools</title> | ||
29 | |||
30 | <para> | ||
31 | Follow these steps to create a simple Autotools-based project: | ||
32 | <orderedlist> | ||
33 | <listitem><para> | ||
34 | <emphasis>Create your directory:</emphasis> | ||
35 | Create a clean directory for your project and then make | ||
36 | that directory your working location: | ||
37 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
38 | $ mkdir $HOME/helloworld | ||
39 | $ cd $HOME/helloworld | ||
40 | </literallayout> | ||
41 | </para></listitem> | ||
42 | <listitem><para> | ||
43 | <emphasis>Populate the directory:</emphasis> | ||
44 | Create <filename>hello.c</filename>, | ||
45 | <filename>Makefile.am</filename>, | ||
46 | and <filename>configure.ac</filename> files as follows: | ||
47 | <itemizedlist> | ||
48 | <listitem><para> | ||
49 | For <filename>hello.c</filename>, include | ||
50 | these lines: | ||
51 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
52 | #include <stdio.h> | ||
53 | |||
54 | main() | ||
55 | { | ||
56 | printf("Hello World!\n"); | ||
57 | } | ||
58 | </literallayout> | ||
59 | </para></listitem> | ||
60 | <listitem><para> | ||
61 | For <filename>Makefile.am</filename>, | ||
62 | include these lines: | ||
63 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
64 | bin_PROGRAMS = hello | ||
65 | hello_SOURCES = hello.c | ||
66 | </literallayout> | ||
67 | </para></listitem> | ||
68 | <listitem><para> | ||
69 | For <filename>configure.in</filename>, | ||
70 | include these lines: | ||
71 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
72 | AC_INIT(hello,0.1) | ||
73 | AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE([foreign]) | ||
74 | AC_PROG_CC | ||
75 | AC_PROG_INSTALL | ||
76 | AC_OUTPUT(Makefile) | ||
77 | </literallayout> | ||
78 | </para></listitem> | ||
79 | </itemizedlist> | ||
80 | </para></listitem> | ||
81 | <listitem><para> | ||
82 | <emphasis>Source the cross-toolchain | ||
83 | environment setup file:</emphasis> | ||
84 | As described earlier in the manual, installing the | ||
85 | cross-toolchain creates a cross-toolchain | ||
86 | environment setup script in the directory that the SDK | ||
87 | was installed. | ||
88 | Before you can use the tools to develop your project, | ||
89 | you must source this setup script. | ||
90 | The script begins with the string "environment-setup" | ||
91 | and contains the machine architecture, which is | ||
92 | followed by the string "poky-linux". | ||
93 | Here is an example that sources a script from the | ||
94 | default SDK installation directory that uses the | ||
95 | 32-bit Intel x86 Architecture and the | ||
96 | &DISTRO_NAME; Yocto Project release: | ||
97 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
98 | $ source /opt/poky/&DISTRO;/environment-setup-i586-poky-linux | ||
99 | </literallayout> | ||
100 | </para></listitem> | ||
101 | <listitem><para> | ||
102 | <emphasis>Generate the local aclocal.m4 | ||
103 | files and create the configure script:</emphasis> | ||
104 | The following GNU Autotools generate the local | ||
105 | <filename>aclocal.m4</filename> files and create the | ||
106 | configure script: | ||
107 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
108 | $ aclocal | ||
109 | $ autoconf | ||
110 | </literallayout> | ||
111 | </para></listitem> | ||
112 | <listitem><para> | ||
113 | <emphasis>Generate files needed by GNU coding | ||
114 | standards:</emphasis> | ||
115 | GNU coding standards require certain files in order | ||
116 | for the project to be compliant. | ||
117 | This command creates those files: | ||
118 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
119 | $ touch NEWS README AUTHORS ChangeLog | ||
120 | </literallayout> | ||
121 | </para></listitem> | ||
122 | <listitem><para> | ||
123 | <emphasis>Generate the configure file:</emphasis> | ||
124 | This command generates the | ||
125 | <filename>configure</filename>: | ||
126 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
127 | $ automake -a | ||
128 | </literallayout> | ||
129 | </para></listitem> | ||
130 | <listitem><para> | ||
131 | <emphasis>Cross-compile the project:</emphasis> | ||
132 | This command compiles the project using the | ||
133 | cross-compiler. | ||
134 | The | ||
135 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-CONFIGURE_FLAGS'><filename>CONFIGURE_FLAGS</filename></ulink> | ||
136 | environment variable provides the minimal arguments for | ||
137 | GNU configure: | ||
138 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
139 | $ ./configure ${CONFIGURE_FLAGS} | ||
140 | </literallayout> | ||
141 | </para></listitem> | ||
142 | <listitem><para> | ||
143 | <emphasis>Make and install the project:</emphasis> | ||
144 | These two commands generate and install the project | ||
145 | into the destination directory: | ||
146 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
147 | $ make | ||
148 | $ make install DESTDIR=./tmp | ||
149 | </literallayout> | ||
150 | </para></listitem> | ||
151 | <listitem><para> | ||
152 | <emphasis>Verify the installation:</emphasis> | ||
153 | This command is a simple way to verify the installation | ||
154 | of your project. | ||
155 | Running the command prints the architecture on which | ||
156 | the binary file can run. | ||
157 | This architecture should be the same architecture that | ||
158 | the installed cross-toolchain supports. | ||
159 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
160 | $ file ./tmp/usr/local/bin/hello | ||
161 | </literallayout> | ||
162 | </para></listitem> | ||
163 | <listitem><para> | ||
164 | <emphasis>Execute your project:</emphasis> | ||
165 | To execute the project in the shell, simply enter | ||
166 | the name. | ||
167 | You could also copy the binary to the actual target | ||
168 | hardware and run the project there as well: | ||
169 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
170 | $ ./hello | ||
171 | </literallayout> | ||
172 | As expected, the project displays the "Hello World!" | ||
173 | message. | ||
174 | </para></listitem> | ||
175 | </orderedlist> | ||
176 | </para> | ||
177 | </section> | ||
178 | |||
179 | <section id='passing-host-options'> | ||
180 | <title>Passing Host Options</title> | ||
181 | |||
182 | <para> | ||
183 | For an Autotools-based project, you can use the cross-toolchain | ||
184 | by just passing the appropriate host option to | ||
185 | <filename>configure.sh</filename>. | ||
186 | The host option you use is derived from the name of the | ||
187 | environment setup script found in the directory in which you | ||
188 | installed the cross-toolchain. | ||
189 | For example, the host option for an ARM-based target that uses | ||
190 | the GNU EABI is <filename>armv5te-poky-linux-gnueabi</filename>. | ||
191 | You will notice that the name of the script is | ||
192 | <filename>environment-setup-armv5te-poky-linux-gnueabi</filename>. | ||
193 | Thus, the following command works to update your project and | ||
194 | rebuild it using the appropriate cross-toolchain tools: | ||
195 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
196 | $ ./configure --host=armv5te-poky-linux-gnueabi \ | ||
197 | --with-libtool-sysroot=<replaceable>sysroot_dir</replaceable> | ||
198 | </literallayout> | ||
199 | <note> | ||
200 | If the <filename>configure</filename> script results in | ||
201 | problems recognizing the | ||
202 | <filename>--with-libtool-sysroot=</filename><replaceable>sysroot-dir</replaceable> | ||
203 | option, regenerate the script to enable the support by | ||
204 | doing the following and then run the script again: | ||
205 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
206 | $ libtoolize --automake | ||
207 | $ aclocal -I ${OECORE_TARGET_SYSROOT}/usr/share/aclocal \ | ||
208 | [-I <replaceable>dir_containing_your_project-specific_m4_macros</replaceable>] | ||
209 | $ autoconf | ||
210 | $ autoheader | ||
211 | $ automake -a | ||
212 | </literallayout> | ||
213 | </note> | ||
214 | </para> | ||
215 | </section> | ||
216 | </section> | ||
217 | |||
218 | <section id='makefile-based-projects'> | ||
219 | <title>Makefile-Based Projects</title> | ||
220 | |||
221 | <para> | ||
222 | For Makefile-based projects, the cross-toolchain environment | ||
223 | variables established by running the cross-toolchain environment | ||
224 | setup script are subject to general <filename>make</filename> | ||
225 | rules. | ||
226 | </para> | ||
227 | |||
228 | <para> | ||
229 | To illustrate this, consider the following four cross-toolchain | ||
230 | environment variables: | ||
231 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
232 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-CC'>CC</ulink>=i586-poky-linux-gcc -m32 -march=i586 --sysroot=/opt/poky/&DISTRO;/sysroots/i586-poky-linux | ||
233 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-LD'>LD</ulink>=i586-poky-linux-ld --sysroot=/opt/poky/&DISTRO;/sysroots/i586-poky-linux | ||
234 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-CFLAGS'>CFLAGS</ulink>=-O2 -pipe -g -feliminate-unused-debug-types | ||
235 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#var-CXXFLAGS'>CXXFLAGS</ulink>=-O2 -pipe -g -feliminate-unused-debug-types | ||
236 | </literallayout> | ||
237 | Now, consider the following three cases: | ||
238 | <itemizedlist> | ||
239 | <listitem><para> | ||
240 | <emphasis>Case 1 - No Variables Set in the | ||
241 | <filename>Makefile</filename>:</emphasis> | ||
242 | Because these variables are not specifically set in the | ||
243 | <filename>Makefile</filename>, the variables retain their | ||
244 | values based on the environment. | ||
245 | </para></listitem> | ||
246 | <listitem><para> | ||
247 | <emphasis>Case 2 - Variables Set in the | ||
248 | <filename>Makefile</filename>:</emphasis> | ||
249 | Specifically setting variables in the | ||
250 | <filename>Makefile</filename> during the build results in | ||
251 | the environment settings of the variables being | ||
252 | overwritten. | ||
253 | </para></listitem> | ||
254 | <listitem><para> | ||
255 | <emphasis>Case 3 - Variables Set when the | ||
256 | <filename>Makefile</filename> is Executed from the | ||
257 | Command Line:</emphasis> | ||
258 | Executing the <filename>Makefile</filename> from the | ||
259 | command-line results in the variables being overwritten | ||
260 | with command-line content regardless of what is being set | ||
261 | in the <filename>Makefile</filename>. | ||
262 | In this case, environment variables are not considered | ||
263 | unless you use the "-e" flag during the build: | ||
264 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
265 | $ make -e <replaceable>file</replaceable> | ||
266 | </literallayout> | ||
267 | If you use this flag, then the environment values of the | ||
268 | variables override any variables specifically set in the | ||
269 | <filename>Makefile</filename>. | ||
270 | </para></listitem> | ||
271 | </itemizedlist> | ||
272 | <note> | ||
273 | For the list of variables set up by the cross-toolchain | ||
274 | environment setup script, see the | ||
275 | "<link linkend='sdk-running-the-sdk-environment-setup-script'>Running the SDK Environment Setup Script</link>" | ||
276 | section. | ||
277 | </note> | ||
278 | </para> | ||
279 | </section> | ||
280 | |||
281 | <section id='sdk-developing-applications-using-eclipse'> | ||
282 | <title>Developing Applications Using <trademark class='trade'>Eclipse</trademark></title> | ||
283 | |||
284 | <para> | ||
285 | If you are familiar with the popular Eclipse IDE, you can use an | ||
286 | Eclipse Yocto Plug-in to allow you to develop, deploy, and test your | ||
287 | application all from within Eclipse. | ||
288 | This section describes general workflow using the SDK and Eclipse | ||
289 | and how to configure and set up Eclipse. | ||
290 | </para> | ||
291 | |||
292 | <section id='workflow-using-eclipse'> | ||
293 | <title>Workflow Using <trademark class='trade'>Eclipse</trademark></title> | ||
294 | |||
295 | <para> | ||
296 | The following figure and supporting list summarize the | ||
297 | application development general workflow that employs both the | ||
298 | SDK Eclipse. | ||
299 | </para> | ||
300 | |||
301 | <para> | ||
302 | <imagedata fileref="figures/sdk-eclipse-dev-flow.png" | ||
303 | width="7in" depth="7in" align="center" scale="100" /> | ||
304 | </para> | ||
305 | |||
306 | <para> | ||
307 | <orderedlist> | ||
308 | <listitem><para> | ||
309 | <emphasis>Prepare the host system for the Yocto | ||
310 | Project</emphasis>: | ||
311 | See | ||
312 | "<ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#detailed-supported-distros'>Supported Linux Distributions</ulink>" | ||
313 | and | ||
314 | "<ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_REF_URL;#required-packages-for-the-host-development-system'>Required Packages for the Host Development System</ulink>" | ||
315 | sections both in the Yocto Project Reference Manual for | ||
316 | requirements. | ||
317 | In particular, be sure your host system has the | ||
318 | <filename>xterm</filename> package installed. | ||
319 | </para></listitem> | ||
320 | <listitem><para> | ||
321 | <emphasis>Secure the Yocto Project kernel target | ||
322 | image</emphasis>: | ||
323 | You must have a target kernel image that has been built | ||
324 | using the OpenEmbedded build system.</para> | ||
325 | <para>Depending on whether the Yocto Project has a | ||
326 | pre-built image that matches your target architecture | ||
327 | and where you are going to run the image while you | ||
328 | develop your application (QEMU or real hardware), the | ||
329 | area from which you get the image differs. | ||
330 | <itemizedlist> | ||
331 | <listitem><para> | ||
332 | Download the image from | ||
333 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_MACHINES_DL_URL;'><filename>machines</filename></ulink> | ||
334 | if your target architecture is supported and | ||
335 | you are going to develop and test your | ||
336 | application on actual hardware. | ||
337 | </para></listitem> | ||
338 | <listitem><para> | ||
339 | Download the image from | ||
340 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_QEMU_DL_URL;'> | ||
341 | <filename>machines/qemu</filename></ulink> if | ||
342 | your target architecture is supported and you | ||
343 | are going to develop and test your application | ||
344 | using the QEMU emulator. | ||
345 | </para></listitem> | ||
346 | <listitem><para> | ||
347 | Build your image if you cannot find a pre-built | ||
348 | image that matches your target architecture. | ||
349 | If your target architecture is similar to a | ||
350 | supported architecture, you can modify the | ||
351 | kernel image before you build it. | ||
352 | See the | ||
353 | "<ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_DEV_URL;#patching-the-kernel'>Patching the Kernel</ulink>" | ||
354 | section in the Yocto Project Development | ||
355 | manual for an example. | ||
356 | </para></listitem> | ||
357 | </itemizedlist> | ||
358 | </para></listitem> | ||
359 | <listitem> | ||
360 | <para><emphasis>Install the SDK</emphasis>: | ||
361 | The SDK provides a target-specific cross-development | ||
362 | toolchain, the root filesystem, the QEMU emulator, and | ||
363 | other tools that can help you develop your application. | ||
364 | For information on how to install the SDK, see the | ||
365 | "<link linkend='sdk-installing-the-sdk'>Installing the SDK</link>" | ||
366 | section. | ||
367 | </para></listitem> | ||
368 | <listitem><para> | ||
369 | <emphasis>Secure the target root filesystem | ||
370 | and the Cross-development toolchain</emphasis>: | ||
371 | You need to find and download the appropriate root | ||
372 | filesystem and the cross-development toolchain.</para> | ||
373 | <para>You can find the tarballs for the root filesystem | ||
374 | in the same area used for the kernel image. | ||
375 | Depending on the type of image you are running, the | ||
376 | root filesystem you need differs. | ||
377 | For example, if you are developing an application that | ||
378 | runs on an image that supports Sato, you need to get a | ||
379 | root filesystem that supports Sato.</para> | ||
380 | <para>You can find the cross-development toolchains at | ||
381 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_TOOLCHAIN_DL_URL;'><filename>toolchains</filename></ulink>. | ||
382 | Be sure to get the correct toolchain for your | ||
383 | development host and your target architecture. | ||
384 | See the "<link linkend='sdk-locating-pre-built-sdk-installers'>Locating Pre-Built SDK Installers</link>" | ||
385 | section for information and the | ||
386 | "<link linkend='sdk-installing-the-sdk'>Installing the SDK</link>" | ||
387 | section for installation information. | ||
388 | <note> | ||
389 | As an alternative to downloading an SDK, you can | ||
390 | build the toolchain installer. | ||
391 | For information on building the installer, see the | ||
392 | "<link linkend='sdk-building-an-sdk-installer'>Building an SDK Installer</link>" | ||
393 | section. | ||
394 | Another helpful resource for building an installer | ||
395 | is the | ||
396 | <ulink url='https://wiki.yoctoproject.org/wiki/TipsAndTricks/RunningEclipseAgainstBuiltImage'>Cookbook guide to Making an Eclipse Debug Capable Image</ulink> | ||
397 | wiki page. | ||
398 | </note> | ||
399 | </para></listitem> | ||
400 | <listitem><para> | ||
401 | <emphasis>Create and build your application</emphasis>: | ||
402 | At this point, you need to have source files for your | ||
403 | application. | ||
404 | Once you have the files, you can use the Eclipse IDE | ||
405 | to import them and build the project. | ||
406 | If you are not using Eclipse, you need to use the | ||
407 | cross-development tools you have installed to create | ||
408 | the image.</para></listitem> | ||
409 | <listitem><para> | ||
410 | <emphasis>Deploy the image with the | ||
411 | application</emphasis>: | ||
412 | Using the Eclipse IDE, you can deploy your image to the | ||
413 | hardware or to QEMU through the project's preferences. | ||
414 | You can also use Eclipse to load and test your image | ||
415 | under QEMU. | ||
416 | See the | ||
417 | "<ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_DEV_URL;#dev-manual-qemu'>Using the Quick EMUlator (QEMU)</ulink>" | ||
418 | chapter in the Yocto Project Development Manual | ||
419 | for information on using QEMU. | ||
420 | </para></listitem> | ||
421 | <listitem><para> | ||
422 | <emphasis>Test and debug the application</emphasis>: | ||
423 | Once your application is deployed, you need to test it. | ||
424 | Within the Eclipse IDE, you can use the debugging | ||
425 | environment along with supported performance enhancing | ||
426 | <ulink url='http://www.eclipse.org/linuxtools/'>Linux Tools</ulink>. | ||
427 | </para></listitem> | ||
428 | </orderedlist> | ||
429 | </para> | ||
430 | </section> | ||
431 | |||
432 | <section id='adt-eclipse'> | ||
433 | <title>Working Within Eclipse</title> | ||
434 | |||
435 | <para> | ||
436 | The Eclipse IDE is a popular development environment and it | ||
437 | fully supports development using the Yocto Project. | ||
438 | </para> | ||
439 | |||
440 | <para> | ||
441 | When you install and configure the Eclipse Yocto Project | ||
442 | Plug-in into the Eclipse IDE, you maximize your Yocto | ||
443 | Project experience. | ||
444 | Installing and configuring the Plug-in results in an | ||
445 | environment that has extensions specifically designed to let | ||
446 | you more easily develop software. | ||
447 | These extensions allow for cross-compilation, deployment, and | ||
448 | execution of your output into a QEMU emulation session as well | ||
449 | as actual target hardware. | ||
450 | You can also perform cross-debugging and profiling. | ||
451 | The environment also supports performance enhancing | ||
452 | <ulink url='http://www.eclipse.org/linuxtools/'>tools</ulink> | ||
453 | that allow you to perform remote profiling, tracing, | ||
454 | collection of power data, collection of latency data, and | ||
455 | collection of performance data. | ||
456 | <note> | ||
457 | This release of the Yocto Project supports both the Neon | ||
458 | and Mars versions of the Eclipse IDE. | ||
459 | This section provides information on how to use the Neon | ||
460 | release with the Yocto Project. | ||
461 | For information on how to use the Mars version of Eclipse | ||
462 | with the Yocto Project, see | ||
463 | "<link linkend='sdk-appendix-mars'>Appendix C</link>. | ||
464 | </note> | ||
465 | </para> | ||
466 | |||
467 | <section id='neon-setting-up-the-eclipse-ide'> | ||
468 | <title>Setting Up the Neon Version of the Eclipse IDE</title> | ||
469 | |||
470 | <para> | ||
471 | To develop within the Eclipse IDE, you need to do the | ||
472 | following: | ||
473 | <orderedlist> | ||
474 | <listitem><para> | ||
475 | Install the Neon version of the Eclipse IDE. | ||
476 | </para></listitem> | ||
477 | <listitem><para> | ||
478 | Configure the Eclipse IDE. | ||
479 | </para></listitem> | ||
480 | <listitem><para> | ||
481 | Install the Eclipse Yocto Plug-in. | ||
482 | </para></listitem> | ||
483 | <listitem><para> | ||
484 | Configure the Eclipse Yocto Plug-in. | ||
485 | </para></listitem> | ||
486 | </orderedlist> | ||
487 | <note> | ||
488 | Do not install Eclipse from your distribution's package | ||
489 | repository. | ||
490 | Be sure to install Eclipse from the official Eclipse | ||
491 | download site as directed in the next section. | ||
492 | </note> | ||
493 | </para> | ||
494 | |||
495 | <section id='neon-installing-eclipse-ide'> | ||
496 | <title>Installing the Neon Eclipse IDE</title> | ||
497 | |||
498 | <para> | ||
499 | Follow these steps to locate, install, and configure | ||
500 | Neon Eclipse: | ||
501 | <orderedlist> | ||
502 | <listitem><para> | ||
503 | <emphasis>Locate the Neon Download:</emphasis> | ||
504 | Open a browser and go to | ||
505 | <ulink url='http://www.eclipse.org/mars/'>http://www.eclipse.org/neon/</ulink>. | ||
506 | </para></listitem> | ||
507 | <listitem><para> | ||
508 | <emphasis>Download the Tarball:</emphasis> | ||
509 | Click through the "Download" buttons to | ||
510 | download the file. | ||
511 | </para></listitem> | ||
512 | <listitem><para> | ||
513 | <emphasis>Unpack the Tarball:</emphasis> | ||
514 | Move to a clean directory and unpack the | ||
515 | tarball. | ||
516 | Here is an example: | ||
517 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
518 | $ cd ~ | ||
519 | $ tar -xzvf ~/Downloads/eclipse-inst-linux64.tar.gz | ||
520 | </literallayout> | ||
521 | Everything unpacks into a folder named | ||
522 | "eclipse-installer". | ||
523 | </para></listitem> | ||
524 | <listitem><para> | ||
525 | <emphasis>Launch the Installer:</emphasis> | ||
526 | Use the following commands to launch the | ||
527 | installer: | ||
528 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
529 | $ cd ~/eclipse-installer | ||
530 | $ ./eclipse-inst | ||
531 | </literallayout> | ||
532 | </para></listitem> | ||
533 | <listitem><para> | ||
534 | <emphasis>Select Your IDE:</emphasis> | ||
535 | From the list, select the "Eclipse IDE for | ||
536 | C/C++ Developers". | ||
537 | </para></listitem> | ||
538 | <listitem><para> | ||
539 | <emphasis>Install the Software:</emphasis> | ||
540 | Accept the default "cpp-neon" directory and | ||
541 | click "Install". | ||
542 | Accept any license agreements and approve any | ||
543 | certificates. | ||
544 | </para></listitem> | ||
545 | <listitem><para> | ||
546 | <emphasis>Launch Neon:</emphasis> | ||
547 | Click the "Launch" button and accept the | ||
548 | default "workspace". | ||
549 | </para></listitem> | ||
550 | </orderedlist> | ||
551 | </para> | ||
552 | </section> | ||
553 | |||
554 | <section id='neon-configuring-the-mars-eclipse-ide'> | ||
555 | <title>Configuring the Neon Eclipse IDE</title> | ||
556 | |||
557 | <para> | ||
558 | Follow these steps to configure the Neon Eclipse IDE. | ||
559 | <note> | ||
560 | Depending on how you installed Eclipse and what | ||
561 | you have already done, some of the options will | ||
562 | not appear. | ||
563 | If you cannot find an option as directed by the | ||
564 | manual, it has already been installed. | ||
565 | </note> | ||
566 | <orderedlist> | ||
567 | <listitem><para> | ||
568 | Be sure Eclipse is running and you are in your | ||
569 | workbench. | ||
570 | </para></listitem> | ||
571 | <listitem><para> | ||
572 | Select "Install New Software" from the "Help" | ||
573 | pull-down menu. | ||
574 | </para></listitem> | ||
575 | <listitem><para> | ||
576 | Select | ||
577 | "Neon - http://download.eclipse.org/releases/neon" | ||
578 | from the "Work with:" pull-down menu. | ||
579 | </para></listitem> | ||
580 | <listitem><para> | ||
581 | Expand the box next to "Linux Tools" and select | ||
582 | the following: | ||
583 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
584 | C/C++ Remote (Over TCF/TE) Run/Debug Launcher | ||
585 | TM Terminal | ||
586 | </literallayout> | ||
587 | </para></listitem> | ||
588 | <listitem><para> | ||
589 | Expand the box next to "Mobile and Device | ||
590 | Development" and select the following | ||
591 | boxes: | ||
592 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
593 | C/C++ Remote (Over TCF/TE) Run/Debug Launcher | ||
594 | Remote System Explorer User Actions | ||
595 | TM Terminal | ||
596 | TCF Remote System Explorer add-in | ||
597 | TCF Target Explorer | ||
598 | </literallayout> | ||
599 | </para></listitem> | ||
600 | <listitem><para> | ||
601 | Expand the box next to "Programming Languages" | ||
602 | and select the following box: | ||
603 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
604 | C/C++ Development Tools SDK | ||
605 | </literallayout> | ||
606 | </para></listitem> | ||
607 | <listitem><para> | ||
608 | Complete the installation by clicking through | ||
609 | appropriate "Next" and "Finish" buttons. | ||
610 | </para></listitem> | ||
611 | </orderedlist> | ||
612 | </para> | ||
613 | </section> | ||
614 | |||
615 | <section id='neon-installing-the-eclipse-yocto-plug-in'> | ||
616 | <title>Installing or Accessing the Neon Eclipse Yocto Plug-in</title> | ||
617 | |||
618 | <para> | ||
619 | You can install the Eclipse Yocto Plug-in into the | ||
620 | Eclipse IDE one of two ways: use the Yocto Project's | ||
621 | Eclipse Update site to install the pre-built plug-in | ||
622 | or build and install the plug-in from the latest | ||
623 | source code. | ||
624 | </para> | ||
625 | |||
626 | <section id='neon-new-software'> | ||
627 | <title>Installing the Pre-built Plug-in from the Yocto Project Eclipse Update Site</title> | ||
628 | |||
629 | <para> | ||
630 | To install the Neon Eclipse Yocto Plug-in from the | ||
631 | update site, follow these steps: | ||
632 | <orderedlist> | ||
633 | <listitem><para> | ||
634 | Start up the Eclipse IDE. | ||
635 | </para></listitem> | ||
636 | <listitem><para> | ||
637 | In Eclipse, select "Install New | ||
638 | Software" from the "Help" menu. | ||
639 | </para></listitem> | ||
640 | <listitem><para> | ||
641 | Click "Add..." in the "Work with:" area. | ||
642 | </para></listitem> | ||
643 | <listitem><para> | ||
644 | Enter | ||
645 | <filename>&ECLIPSE_DL_PLUGIN_URL;/neon</filename> | ||
646 | in the URL field and provide a meaningful | ||
647 | name in the "Name" field. | ||
648 | </para></listitem> | ||
649 | <listitem><para> | ||
650 | Click "OK" to have the entry added | ||
651 | to the "Work with:" drop-down list. | ||
652 | </para></listitem> | ||
653 | <listitem><para> | ||
654 | Select the entry for the plug-in | ||
655 | from the "Work with:" drop-down list. | ||
656 | </para></listitem> | ||
657 | <listitem><para> | ||
658 | Check the boxes next to the following: | ||
659 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
660 | Yocto Project SDK Plug-in | ||
661 | Yocto Project Documentation plug-in | ||
662 | </literallayout> | ||
663 | </para></listitem> | ||
664 | <listitem><para> | ||
665 | Complete the remaining software | ||
666 | installation steps and then restart the | ||
667 | Eclipse IDE to finish the installation of | ||
668 | the plug-in. | ||
669 | <note> | ||
670 | You can click "OK" when prompted about | ||
671 | installing software that contains | ||
672 | unsigned content. | ||
673 | </note> | ||
674 | </para></listitem> | ||
675 | </orderedlist> | ||
676 | </para> | ||
677 | </section> | ||
678 | |||
679 | <section id='neon-zip-file-method'> | ||
680 | <title>Installing the Plug-in Using the Latest Source Code</title> | ||
681 | |||
682 | <para> | ||
683 | To install the Neon Eclipse Yocto Plug-in from the | ||
684 | latest source code, follow these steps: | ||
685 | <orderedlist> | ||
686 | <listitem><para> | ||
687 | Be sure your development system | ||
688 | has JDK 1.8+ | ||
689 | </para></listitem> | ||
690 | <listitem><para> | ||
691 | Install X11-related packages: | ||
692 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
693 | $ sudo apt-get install xauth | ||
694 | </literallayout> | ||
695 | </para></listitem> | ||
696 | <listitem><para> | ||
697 | In a new terminal shell, create a | ||
698 | Git repository with: | ||
699 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
700 | $ cd ~ | ||
701 | $ git clone git://git.yoctoproject.org/eclipse-poky | ||
702 | </literallayout> | ||
703 | </para></listitem> | ||
704 | <listitem><para> | ||
705 | Use Git to create the correct tag: | ||
706 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
707 | $ cd ~/eclipse-poky | ||
708 | $ git checkout neon/yocto-&DISTRO; | ||
709 | </literallayout> | ||
710 | This creates a local tag named | ||
711 | <filename>neon/yocto-&DISTRO;</filename> | ||
712 | based on the branch | ||
713 | <filename>origin/neon-master</filename>. | ||
714 | You are put into a detached HEAD state, | ||
715 | which is fine since you are only going to | ||
716 | be building and not developing. | ||
717 | </para></listitem> | ||
718 | <listitem><para> | ||
719 | Change to the <filename>scripts</filename> | ||
720 | directory within the Git repository: | ||
721 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
722 | $ cd scripts | ||
723 | </literallayout> | ||
724 | </para></listitem> | ||
725 | <listitem><para> | ||
726 | Set up the local build environment | ||
727 | by running the setup script: | ||
728 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
729 | $ ./setup.sh | ||
730 | </literallayout> | ||
731 | When the script finishes execution, | ||
732 | it prompts you with instructions on how to | ||
733 | run the <filename>build.sh</filename> | ||
734 | script, which is also in the | ||
735 | <filename>scripts</filename> directory of | ||
736 | the Git repository created earlier. | ||
737 | </para></listitem> | ||
738 | <listitem><para> | ||
739 | Run the <filename>build.sh</filename> | ||
740 | script as directed. | ||
741 | Be sure to provide the tag name, | ||
742 | documentation branch, and a release name. | ||
743 | </para> | ||
744 | <para> | ||
745 | Following is an example: | ||
746 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
747 | $ ECLIPSE_HOME=/home/scottrif/eclipse-poky/scripts/eclipse ./build.sh -l neon/yocto-&DISTRO; master yocto-&DISTRO; 2>&1 | tee build.log | ||
748 | </literallayout> | ||
749 | The previous example command adds the tag | ||
750 | you need for | ||
751 | <filename>mars/yocto-&DISTRO;</filename> | ||
752 | to <filename>HEAD</filename>, then tells | ||
753 | the build script to use the local (-l) Git | ||
754 | checkout for the build. | ||
755 | After running the script, the file | ||
756 | <filename>org.yocto.sdk-</filename><replaceable>release</replaceable><filename>-</filename><replaceable>date</replaceable><filename>-archive.zip</filename> | ||
757 | is in the current directory. | ||
758 | </para></listitem> | ||
759 | <listitem><para> | ||
760 | If necessary, start the Eclipse IDE | ||
761 | and be sure you are in the Workbench. | ||
762 | </para></listitem> | ||
763 | <listitem><para> | ||
764 | Select "Install New Software" from | ||
765 | the "Help" pull-down menu. | ||
766 | </para></listitem> | ||
767 | <listitem><para> | ||
768 | Click "Add". | ||
769 | </para></listitem> | ||
770 | <listitem><para> | ||
771 | Provide anything you want in the | ||
772 | "Name" field. | ||
773 | </para></listitem> | ||
774 | <listitem><para> | ||
775 | Click "Archive" and browse to the | ||
776 | ZIP file you built earlier. | ||
777 | This ZIP file should not be "unzipped", and | ||
778 | must be the | ||
779 | <filename>*archive.zip</filename> file | ||
780 | created by running the | ||
781 | <filename>build.sh</filename> script. | ||
782 | </para></listitem> | ||
783 | <listitem><para> | ||
784 | Click the "OK" button. | ||
785 | </para></listitem> | ||
786 | <listitem><para> | ||
787 | Check the boxes that appear in | ||
788 | the installation window to install the | ||
789 | following: | ||
790 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
791 | Yocto Project SDK Plug-in | ||
792 | Yocto Project Documentation plug-in | ||
793 | </literallayout> | ||
794 | </para></listitem> | ||
795 | <listitem><para> | ||
796 | Finish the installation by clicking | ||
797 | through the appropriate buttons. | ||
798 | You can click "OK" when prompted about | ||
799 | installing software that contains unsigned | ||
800 | content. | ||
801 | </para></listitem> | ||
802 | <listitem><para> | ||
803 | Restart the Eclipse IDE if necessary. | ||
804 | </para></listitem> | ||
805 | </orderedlist> | ||
806 | </para> | ||
807 | |||
808 | <para> | ||
809 | At this point you should be able to configure the | ||
810 | Eclipse Yocto Plug-in as described in the | ||
811 | "<link linkend='mars-configuring-the-eclipse-yocto-plug-in'>Configuring the Neon Eclipse Yocto Plug-in</link>" | ||
812 | section. | ||
813 | </para> | ||
814 | </section> | ||
815 | </section> | ||
816 | |||
817 | <section id='neon-configuring-the-eclipse-yocto-plug-in'> | ||
818 | <title>Configuring the Neon Eclipse Yocto Plug-in</title> | ||
819 | |||
820 | <para> | ||
821 | Configuring the Neon Eclipse Yocto Plug-in involves | ||
822 | setting the Cross Compiler options and the Target | ||
823 | options. | ||
824 | The configurations you choose become the default | ||
825 | settings for all projects. | ||
826 | You do have opportunities to change them later when | ||
827 | you configure the project (see the following section). | ||
828 | </para> | ||
829 | |||
830 | <para> | ||
831 | To start, you need to do the following from within the | ||
832 | Eclipse IDE: | ||
833 | <itemizedlist> | ||
834 | <listitem><para> | ||
835 | Choose "Preferences" from the "Window" menu to | ||
836 | display the Preferences Dialog. | ||
837 | </para></listitem> | ||
838 | <listitem><para> | ||
839 | Click "Yocto Project SDK" to display | ||
840 | the configuration screen. | ||
841 | </para></listitem> | ||
842 | </itemizedlist> | ||
843 | The following sub-sections describe how to configure | ||
844 | the plug-in. | ||
845 | <note> | ||
846 | Throughout the descriptions, a start-to-finish | ||
847 | example for preparing a QEMU image for use with | ||
848 | Eclipse is referenced as the "wiki" and is linked | ||
849 | to the example on the | ||
850 | <ulink url='https://wiki.yoctoproject.org/wiki/TipsAndTricks/RunningEclipseAgainstBuiltImage'> Cookbook guide to Making an Eclipse Debug Capable Image</ulink> | ||
851 | wiki page. | ||
852 | </note> | ||
853 | </para> | ||
854 | |||
855 | <section id='neon-configuring-the-cross-compiler-options'> | ||
856 | <title>Configuring the Cross-Compiler Options</title> | ||
857 | |||
858 | <para> | ||
859 | Cross Compiler options enable Eclipse to use your | ||
860 | specific cross compiler toolchain. | ||
861 | To configure these options, you must select | ||
862 | the type of toolchain, point to the toolchain, | ||
863 | specify the sysroot location, and select the target | ||
864 | architecture. | ||
865 | <itemizedlist> | ||
866 | <listitem><para> | ||
867 | <emphasis>Selecting the Toolchain | ||
868 | Type:</emphasis> | ||
869 | Choose between | ||
870 | <filename>Standalone pre-built toolchain</filename> | ||
871 | and | ||
872 | <filename>Build system derived toolchain</filename> | ||
873 | for Cross Compiler Options. | ||
874 | <itemizedlist> | ||
875 | <listitem><para> | ||
876 | <emphasis> | ||
877 | <filename>Standalone Pre-built Toolchain:</filename> | ||
878 | </emphasis> | ||
879 | Select this type when you are using | ||
880 | a stand-alone cross-toolchain. | ||
881 | For example, suppose you are an | ||
882 | application developer and do not | ||
883 | need to build a target image. | ||
884 | Instead, you just want to use an | ||
885 | architecture-specific toolchain on | ||
886 | an existing kernel and target root | ||
887 | filesystem. | ||
888 | In other words, you have downloaded | ||
889 | and installed a pre-built toolchain | ||
890 | for an existing image. | ||
891 | </para></listitem> | ||
892 | <listitem><para> | ||
893 | <emphasis> | ||
894 | <filename>Build System Derived Toolchain:</filename> | ||
895 | </emphasis> | ||
896 | Select this type if you built the | ||
897 | toolchain as part of the | ||
898 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_DEV_URL;#build-directory'>Build Directory</ulink>. | ||
899 | When you select | ||
900 | <filename>Build system derived toolchain</filename>, | ||
901 | you are using the toolchain built | ||
902 | and bundled inside the Build | ||
903 | Directory. | ||
904 | For example, suppose you created a | ||
905 | suitable image using the steps in the | ||
906 | <ulink url='https://wiki.yoctoproject.org/wiki/TipsAndTricks/RunningEclipseAgainstBuiltImage'>wiki</ulink>. | ||
907 | In this situation, you would select | ||
908 | the | ||
909 | <filename>Build system derived toolchain</filename>. | ||
910 | </para></listitem> | ||
911 | </itemizedlist> | ||
912 | </para></listitem> | ||
913 | <listitem><para> | ||
914 | <emphasis>Specify the Toolchain Root | ||
915 | Location:</emphasis> | ||
916 | If you are using a stand-alone pre-built | ||
917 | toolchain, you should be pointing to where | ||
918 | it is installed (e.g. | ||
919 | <filename>/opt/poky/&DISTRO;</filename>). | ||
920 | See the | ||
921 | "<link linkend='sdk-installing-the-sdk'>Installing the SDK</link>" | ||
922 | section for information about how the SDK is | ||
923 | installed.</para> | ||
924 | <para>If you are using a build system | ||
925 | derived toolchain, the path you provide for | ||
926 | the | ||
927 | <filename>Toolchain Root Location</filename> | ||
928 | field is the | ||
929 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_DEV_URL;#build-directory'>Build Directory</ulink> | ||
930 | from which you run the | ||
931 | <filename>bitbake</filename> command (e.g | ||
932 | <filename>/home/scottrif/poky/build</filename>). | ||
933 | </para> | ||
934 | <para>For more information, see the | ||
935 | "<link linkend='sdk-building-an-sdk-installer'>Building an SDK Installer</link>" | ||
936 | section. | ||
937 | </para></listitem> | ||
938 | <listitem><para> | ||
939 | <emphasis>Specify Sysroot Location: | ||
940 | </emphasis> | ||
941 | This location is where the root filesystem | ||
942 | for the target hardware resides. | ||
943 | </para> | ||
944 | <para>This location depends on where you | ||
945 | separately extracted and installed the | ||
946 | target filesystem. | ||
947 | As an example, suppose you prepared an | ||
948 | image using the steps in the | ||
949 | <ulink url='https://wiki.yoctoproject.org/wiki/TipsAndTricks/RunningEclipseAgainstBuiltImage'>wiki</ulink>. | ||
950 | If so, the | ||
951 | <filename>MY_QEMU_ROOTFS</filename> | ||
952 | directory is found in the | ||
953 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_DEV_URL;#build-directory'>Build Directory</ulink> | ||
954 | and you would browse to and select that | ||
955 | directory (e.g. | ||
956 | <filename>/home/scottrif/poky/build/MY_QEMU_ROOTFS</filename>). | ||
957 | </para> | ||
958 | <para>For more information on how to | ||
959 | install the toolchain and on how to extract | ||
960 | and install the sysroot filesystem, see the | ||
961 | "<link linkend='sdk-building-an-sdk-installer'>Building an SDK Installer</link>" | ||
962 | section. | ||
963 | </para></listitem> | ||
964 | <listitem><para> | ||
965 | <emphasis>Select the Target Architecture: | ||
966 | </emphasis> | ||
967 | The target architecture is the type of | ||
968 | hardware you are going to use or emulate. | ||
969 | Use the pull-down | ||
970 | <filename>Target Architecture</filename> | ||
971 | menu to make your selection. | ||
972 | The pull-down menu should have the | ||
973 | supported architectures. | ||
974 | If the architecture you need is not listed | ||
975 | in the menu, you will need to build the | ||
976 | image. | ||
977 | See the | ||
978 | "<ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_QS_URL;#qs-building-images'>Building Images</ulink>" | ||
979 | section of the Yocto Project Quick Start | ||
980 | for more information. | ||
981 | You can also see the | ||
982 | <ulink url='https://wiki.yoctoproject.org/wiki/TipsAndTricks/RunningEclipseAgainstBuiltImage'>wiki</ulink>. | ||
983 | </para></listitem> | ||
984 | </itemizedlist> | ||
985 | </para> | ||
986 | </section> | ||
987 | |||
988 | <section id='neon-configuring-the-target-options'> | ||
989 | <title>Configuring the Target Options</title> | ||
990 | |||
991 | <para> | ||
992 | You can choose to emulate hardware using the QEMU | ||
993 | emulator, or you can choose to run your image on | ||
994 | actual hardware. | ||
995 | <itemizedlist> | ||
996 | <listitem><para> | ||
997 | <emphasis>QEMU:</emphasis> | ||
998 | Select this option if you will be using the | ||
999 | QEMU emulator. | ||
1000 | If you are using the emulator, you also | ||
1001 | need to locate the kernel and specify any | ||
1002 | custom options.</para> | ||
1003 | <para>If you selected the | ||
1004 | <filename>Build system derived toolchain</filename>, | ||
1005 | the target kernel you built will be located | ||
1006 | in the | ||
1007 | <ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_DEV_URL;#build-directory'>Build Directory</ulink> | ||
1008 | in | ||
1009 | <filename>tmp/deploy/images/<replaceable>machine</replaceable></filename> | ||
1010 | directory. | ||
1011 | As an example, suppose you performed the | ||
1012 | steps in the | ||
1013 | <ulink url='https://wiki.yoctoproject.org/wiki/TipsAndTricks/RunningEclipseAgainstBuiltImage'>wiki</ulink>. | ||
1014 | In this case, you specify your Build | ||
1015 | Directory path followed by the image (e.g. | ||
1016 | <filename>/home/scottrif/poky/build/tmp/deploy/images/qemux86/bzImage-qemux86.bin</filename>). | ||
1017 | </para> | ||
1018 | <para>If you selected the standalone | ||
1019 | pre-built toolchain, the pre-built image | ||
1020 | you downloaded is located in the directory | ||
1021 | you specified when you downloaded the | ||
1022 | image.</para> | ||
1023 | <para>Most custom options are for advanced | ||
1024 | QEMU users to further customize their QEMU | ||
1025 | instance. | ||
1026 | These options are specified between paired | ||
1027 | angled brackets. | ||
1028 | Some options must be specified outside the | ||
1029 | brackets. | ||
1030 | In particular, the options | ||
1031 | <filename>serial</filename>, | ||
1032 | <filename>nographic</filename>, and | ||
1033 | <filename>kvm</filename> must all be | ||
1034 | outside the brackets. | ||
1035 | Use the <filename>man qemu</filename> | ||
1036 | command to get help on all the options and | ||
1037 | their use. | ||
1038 | The following is an example: | ||
1039 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
1040 | serial ‘<-m 256 -full-screen>’ | ||
1041 | </literallayout></para> | ||
1042 | <para> | ||
1043 | Regardless of the mode, Sysroot is already | ||
1044 | defined as part of the Cross-Compiler | ||
1045 | Options configuration in the | ||
1046 | <filename>Sysroot Location:</filename> | ||
1047 | field. | ||
1048 | </para></listitem> | ||
1049 | <listitem><para> | ||
1050 | <emphasis>External HW:</emphasis> | ||
1051 | Select this option if you will be using | ||
1052 | actual hardware.</para></listitem> | ||
1053 | </itemizedlist> | ||
1054 | </para> | ||
1055 | |||
1056 | <para> | ||
1057 | Click the "Apply" and "OK" to save your plug-in | ||
1058 | configurations. | ||
1059 | </para> | ||
1060 | </section> | ||
1061 | </section> | ||
1062 | </section> | ||
1063 | |||
1064 | <section id='neon-creating-the-project'> | ||
1065 | <title>Creating the Project</title> | ||
1066 | |||
1067 | <para> | ||
1068 | You can create two types of projects: Autotools-based, or | ||
1069 | Makefile-based. | ||
1070 | This section describes how to create Autotools-based | ||
1071 | projects from within the Eclipse IDE. | ||
1072 | For information on creating Makefile-based projects in a | ||
1073 | terminal window, see the | ||
1074 | "<link linkend='makefile-based-projects'>Makefile-Based Projects</link>" | ||
1075 | section. | ||
1076 | <note> | ||
1077 | Do not use special characters in project names | ||
1078 | (e.g. spaces, underscores, etc.). Doing so can | ||
1079 | cause configuration to fail. | ||
1080 | </note> | ||
1081 | </para> | ||
1082 | |||
1083 | <para> | ||
1084 | To create a project based on a Yocto template and then | ||
1085 | display the source code, follow these steps: | ||
1086 | <orderedlist> | ||
1087 | <listitem><para> | ||
1088 | Select "C Project" from the "File -> New" menu. | ||
1089 | </para></listitem> | ||
1090 | <listitem><para> | ||
1091 | Expand | ||
1092 | <filename>Yocto Project SDK Autotools Project</filename>. | ||
1093 | </para></listitem> | ||
1094 | <listitem><para> | ||
1095 | Select <filename>Hello World ANSI C Autotools Projects</filename>. | ||
1096 | This is an Autotools-based project based on a Yocto | ||
1097 | template. | ||
1098 | </para></listitem> | ||
1099 | <listitem><para> | ||
1100 | Put a name in the | ||
1101 | <filename>Project name:</filename> field. | ||
1102 | Do not use hyphens as part of the name | ||
1103 | (e.g. <filename>hello</filename>). | ||
1104 | </para></listitem> | ||
1105 | <listitem><para> | ||
1106 | Click "Next". | ||
1107 | </para></listitem> | ||
1108 | <listitem><para> | ||
1109 | Add appropriate information in the various fields. | ||
1110 | </para></listitem> | ||
1111 | <listitem><para> | ||
1112 | Click "Finish". | ||
1113 | </para></listitem> | ||
1114 | <listitem><para> | ||
1115 | If the "open perspective" prompt appears, | ||
1116 | click "Yes" so that you in the C/C++ perspective. | ||
1117 | </para></listitem> | ||
1118 | <listitem><para>The left-hand navigation pane shows | ||
1119 | your project. | ||
1120 | You can display your source by double clicking the | ||
1121 | project's source file. | ||
1122 | </para></listitem> | ||
1123 | </orderedlist> | ||
1124 | </para> | ||
1125 | </section> | ||
1126 | |||
1127 | <section id='neon-configuring-the-cross-toolchains'> | ||
1128 | <title>Configuring the Cross-Toolchains</title> | ||
1129 | |||
1130 | <para> | ||
1131 | The earlier section, | ||
1132 | "<link linkend='neon-configuring-the-eclipse-yocto-plug-in'>Configuring the Neon Eclipse Yocto Plug-in</link>", | ||
1133 | sets up the default project configurations. | ||
1134 | You can override these settings for a given project by | ||
1135 | following these steps: | ||
1136 | <orderedlist> | ||
1137 | <listitem><para> | ||
1138 | Select "Yocto Project Settings" from | ||
1139 | the "Project -> Properties" menu. | ||
1140 | This selection brings up the Yocto Project Settings | ||
1141 | Dialog and allows you to make changes specific to | ||
1142 | an individual project.</para> | ||
1143 | <para>By default, the Cross Compiler Options and | ||
1144 | Target Options for a project are inherited from | ||
1145 | settings you provided using the Preferences Dialog | ||
1146 | as described earlier in the | ||
1147 | "<link linkend='neon-configuring-the-eclipse-yocto-plug-in'>Configuring the Neon Eclipse Yocto Plug-in</link>" | ||
1148 | section. | ||
1149 | The Yocto Project Settings Dialog allows you to | ||
1150 | override those default settings for a given | ||
1151 | project. | ||
1152 | </para></listitem> | ||
1153 | <listitem><para> | ||
1154 | Make or verify your configurations for the | ||
1155 | project and click "OK". | ||
1156 | </para></listitem> | ||
1157 | <listitem><para> | ||
1158 | Right-click in the navigation pane and | ||
1159 | select "Reconfigure Project" from the pop-up menu. | ||
1160 | This selection reconfigures the project by running | ||
1161 | <filename>autogen.sh</filename> in the workspace | ||
1162 | for your project. | ||
1163 | The script also runs | ||
1164 | <filename>libtoolize</filename>, | ||
1165 | <filename>aclocal</filename>, | ||
1166 | <filename>autoconf</filename>, | ||
1167 | <filename>autoheader</filename>, | ||
1168 | <filename>automake --a</filename>, and | ||
1169 | <filename>./configure</filename>. | ||
1170 | Click on the "Console" tab beneath your source code | ||
1171 | to see the results of reconfiguring your project. | ||
1172 | </para></listitem> | ||
1173 | </orderedlist> | ||
1174 | </para> | ||
1175 | </section> | ||
1176 | |||
1177 | <section id='neon-building-the-project'> | ||
1178 | <title>Building the Project</title> | ||
1179 | |||
1180 | <para> | ||
1181 | To build the project select "Build All" from the | ||
1182 | "Project" menu. | ||
1183 | The console should update and you can note the | ||
1184 | cross-compiler you are using. | ||
1185 | <note> | ||
1186 | When building "Yocto Project SDK Autotools" projects, | ||
1187 | the Eclipse IDE might display error messages for | ||
1188 | Functions/Symbols/Types that cannot be "resolved", | ||
1189 | even when the related include file is listed at the | ||
1190 | project navigator and when the project is able to | ||
1191 | build. | ||
1192 | For these cases only, it is recommended to add a new | ||
1193 | linked folder to the appropriate sysroot. | ||
1194 | Use these steps to add the linked folder: | ||
1195 | <orderedlist> | ||
1196 | <listitem><para> | ||
1197 | Select the project. | ||
1198 | </para></listitem> | ||
1199 | <listitem><para> | ||
1200 | Select "Folder" from the | ||
1201 | <filename>File > New</filename> menu. | ||
1202 | </para></listitem> | ||
1203 | <listitem><para> | ||
1204 | In the "New Folder" Dialog, select "Link to | ||
1205 | alternate location (linked folder)". | ||
1206 | </para></listitem> | ||
1207 | <listitem><para> | ||
1208 | Click "Browse" to navigate to the include | ||
1209 | folder inside the same sysroot location | ||
1210 | selected in the Yocto Project | ||
1211 | configuration preferences. | ||
1212 | </para></listitem> | ||
1213 | <listitem><para> | ||
1214 | Click "OK". | ||
1215 | </para></listitem> | ||
1216 | <listitem><para> | ||
1217 | Click "Finish" to save the linked folder. | ||
1218 | </para></listitem> | ||
1219 | </orderedlist> | ||
1220 | </note> | ||
1221 | </para> | ||
1222 | </section> | ||
1223 | |||
1224 | <section id='neon-starting-qemu-in-user-space-nfs-mode'> | ||
1225 | <title>Starting QEMU in User-Space NFS Mode</title> | ||
1226 | |||
1227 | <para> | ||
1228 | To start the QEMU emulator from within Eclipse, follow | ||
1229 | these steps: | ||
1230 | <note> | ||
1231 | See the | ||
1232 | "<ulink url='&YOCTO_DOCS_DEV_URL;#dev-manual-qemu'>Using the Quick EMUlator (QEMU)</ulink>" | ||
1233 | chapter in the Yocto Project Development Manual | ||
1234 | for more information on using QEMU. | ||
1235 | </note> | ||
1236 | <orderedlist> | ||
1237 | <listitem><para>Expose and select "External Tools | ||
1238 | Configurations ..." from the "Run -> External | ||
1239 | Tools" menu. | ||
1240 | </para></listitem> | ||
1241 | <listitem><para> | ||
1242 | Locate and select your image in the navigation | ||
1243 | panel to the left | ||
1244 | (e.g. <filename>qemu_i586-poky-linux</filename>). | ||
1245 | </para></listitem> | ||
1246 | <listitem><para> | ||
1247 | Click "Run" to launch QEMU. | ||
1248 | <note> | ||
1249 | The host on which you are running QEMU must | ||
1250 | have the <filename>rpcbind</filename> utility | ||
1251 | running to be able to make RPC calls on a | ||
1252 | server on that machine. | ||
1253 | If QEMU does not invoke and you receive error | ||
1254 | messages involving | ||
1255 | <filename>rpcbind</filename>, follow the | ||
1256 | suggestions to get the service running. | ||
1257 | As an example, on a new Ubuntu 16.04 LTS | ||
1258 | installation, you must do the following in | ||
1259 | order to get QEMU to launch: | ||
1260 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
1261 | $ sudo apt-get install rpcbind | ||
1262 | </literallayout> | ||
1263 | After installing <filename>rpcbind</filename>, | ||
1264 | you need to edit the | ||
1265 | <filename>/etc/init.d/rpcbind</filename> file | ||
1266 | to include the following line: | ||
1267 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
1268 | OPTIONS="-i -w" | ||
1269 | </literallayout> | ||
1270 | After modifying the file, you need to start the | ||
1271 | service: | ||
1272 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
1273 | $ sudo service portmap restart | ||
1274 | </literallayout> | ||
1275 | </note> | ||
1276 | </para></listitem> | ||
1277 | <listitem><para> | ||
1278 | If needed, enter your host root password in | ||
1279 | the shell window at the prompt. | ||
1280 | This sets up a <filename>Tap 0</filename> | ||
1281 | connection needed for running in user-space NFS | ||
1282 | mode. | ||
1283 | </para></listitem> | ||
1284 | <listitem><para> | ||
1285 | Wait for QEMU to launch. | ||
1286 | </para></listitem> | ||
1287 | <listitem><para> | ||
1288 | Once QEMU launches, you can begin operating | ||
1289 | within that environment. | ||
1290 | One useful task at this point would be to determine | ||
1291 | the IP Address for the user-space NFS by using the | ||
1292 | <filename>ifconfig</filename> command. | ||
1293 | The IP address of the QEMU machine appears in the | ||
1294 | xterm window. | ||
1295 | You can use this address to help you see which | ||
1296 | particular | ||
1297 | IP address the instance of QEMU is using. | ||
1298 | </para></listitem> | ||
1299 | </orderedlist> | ||
1300 | </para> | ||
1301 | </section> | ||
1302 | |||
1303 | <section id='neon-deploying-and-debugging-the-application'> | ||
1304 | <title>Deploying and Debugging the Application</title> | ||
1305 | |||
1306 | <para> | ||
1307 | Once the QEMU emulator is running the image, you can deploy | ||
1308 | your application using the Eclipse IDE and then use | ||
1309 | the emulator to perform debugging. | ||
1310 | Follow these steps to deploy the application. | ||
1311 | <note> | ||
1312 | Currently, Eclipse does not support SSH port | ||
1313 | forwarding. | ||
1314 | Consequently, if you need to run or debug a remote | ||
1315 | application using the host display, you must create a | ||
1316 | tunneling connection from outside Eclipse and keep | ||
1317 | that connection alive during your work. | ||
1318 | For example, in a new terminal, run the following: | ||
1319 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
1320 | $ ssh -XY <replaceable>user_name</replaceable>@<replaceable>remote_host_ip</replaceable> | ||
1321 | </literallayout> | ||
1322 | Using the above form, here is an example: | ||
1323 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
1324 | $ ssh -XY root@192.168.7.2 | ||
1325 | </literallayout> | ||
1326 | After running the command, add the command to be | ||
1327 | executed in Eclipse's run configuration before the | ||
1328 | application as follows: | ||
1329 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
1330 | export DISPLAY=:10.0 | ||
1331 | </literallayout> | ||
1332 | Be sure to not destroy the connection during your QEMU | ||
1333 | session (i.e. do not | ||
1334 | exit out of or close that shell). | ||
1335 | </note> | ||
1336 | <orderedlist> | ||
1337 | <listitem><para> | ||
1338 | Select "Debug Configurations..." from the | ||
1339 | "Run" menu. | ||
1340 | </para></listitem> | ||
1341 | <listitem><para> | ||
1342 | In the left area, expand | ||
1343 | <filename>C/C++Remote Application</filename>. | ||
1344 | </para></listitem> | ||
1345 | <listitem><para> | ||
1346 | Locate your project and select it to bring | ||
1347 | up a new tabbed view in the Debug Configurations | ||
1348 | Dialog. | ||
1349 | </para></listitem> | ||
1350 | <listitem><para> | ||
1351 | Click on the "Debugger" tab to see the | ||
1352 | cross-tool debugger you are using. | ||
1353 | Be sure to change to the debugger perspective in | ||
1354 | Eclipse. | ||
1355 | </para></listitem> | ||
1356 | <listitem><para> | ||
1357 | Click on the "Main" tab. | ||
1358 | </para></listitem> | ||
1359 | <listitem><para> | ||
1360 | Create a new connection to the QEMU instance | ||
1361 | by clicking on "new".</para></listitem> | ||
1362 | <listitem><para>Select <filename>SSH</filename>, which | ||
1363 | means Secure Socket Shell and then click "OK". | ||
1364 | Optionally, you can select an TCF connection | ||
1365 | instead. | ||
1366 | </para></listitem> | ||
1367 | <listitem><para> | ||
1368 | Clear out the "Connection name" field and | ||
1369 | enter any name you want for the connection. | ||
1370 | </para></listitem> | ||
1371 | <listitem><para> | ||
1372 | Put the IP address for the connection in | ||
1373 | the "Host" field. | ||
1374 | For QEMU, the default is | ||
1375 | <filename>192.168.7.2</filename>. | ||
1376 | However, if a previous QEMU session did not exit | ||
1377 | cleanly, the IP address increments (e.g. | ||
1378 | <filename>192.168.7.3</filename>). | ||
1379 | <note> | ||
1380 | You can find the IP address for the current | ||
1381 | QEMU session by looking in the xterm that | ||
1382 | opens when you launch QEMU. | ||
1383 | </note> | ||
1384 | </para></listitem> | ||
1385 | <listitem><para> | ||
1386 | Enter <filename>root</filename>, which | ||
1387 | is the default for QEMU, for the "User" field. | ||
1388 | Be sure to leave the password field empty. | ||
1389 | </para></listitem> | ||
1390 | <listitem><para> | ||
1391 | Click "Finish" to close the New Connections Dialog. | ||
1392 | </para></listitem> | ||
1393 | <listitem><para> | ||
1394 | If necessary, use the drop-down menu now in the | ||
1395 | "Connection" field and pick the IP Address you | ||
1396 | entered. | ||
1397 | </para></listitem> | ||
1398 | <listitem><para> | ||
1399 | Assuming you are connecting as the root | ||
1400 | user, which is the default for QEMU x86-64 SDK | ||
1401 | images provided by the Yocto Project, in the | ||
1402 | "Remote Absolute File Path for C/C++ Application" | ||
1403 | field, browse to | ||
1404 | <filename>/home/root/</filename><replaceable>ProjectName</replaceable> | ||
1405 | (e.g. <filename>/home/root/hello</filename>). | ||
1406 | You could also browse to any other path you have | ||
1407 | write access to on the target such as | ||
1408 | <filename>/usr/bin</filename>. | ||
1409 | This location is where your application will be | ||
1410 | located on the QEMU system. | ||
1411 | If you fail to browse to and specify an appropriate | ||
1412 | location, QEMU will not understand what to remotely | ||
1413 | launch. | ||
1414 | Eclipse is helpful in that it auto fills your | ||
1415 | application name for you assuming you browsed to a | ||
1416 | directory. | ||
1417 | <note> | ||
1418 | If you are prompted to provide a username and | ||
1419 | to optionally set a password, be sure you | ||
1420 | provide "root" as the username and you leave | ||
1421 | the password field blank. | ||
1422 | </note> | ||
1423 | </para></listitem> | ||
1424 | <listitem><para> | ||
1425 | Be sure you change to the "Debug" perspective in | ||
1426 | Eclipse. | ||
1427 | </para></listitem> | ||
1428 | <listitem><para> | ||
1429 | Click "Debug" | ||
1430 | </para></listitem> | ||
1431 | <listitem><para> | ||
1432 | Accept the debug perspective. | ||
1433 | </para></listitem> | ||
1434 | </orderedlist> | ||
1435 | </para> | ||
1436 | </section> | ||
1437 | |||
1438 | <section id='neon-using-Linuxtools'> | ||
1439 | <title>Using Linuxtools</title> | ||
1440 | |||
1441 | <para> | ||
1442 | As mentioned earlier in the manual, performance tools exist | ||
1443 | (Linuxtools) that enhance your development experience. | ||
1444 | These tools are aids in developing and debugging | ||
1445 | applications and images. | ||
1446 | You can run these tools from within the Eclipse IDE through | ||
1447 | the "Linuxtools" menu. | ||
1448 | </para> | ||
1449 | |||
1450 | <para> | ||
1451 | For information on how to configure and use these tools, | ||
1452 | see | ||
1453 | <ulink url='http://www.eclipse.org/linuxtools/'>http://www.eclipse.org/linuxtools/</ulink>. | ||
1454 | </para> | ||
1455 | </section> | ||
1456 | </section> | ||
1457 | </section> | ||
1458 | </chapter> | ||
1459 | <!-- | ||
1460 | vim: expandtab tw=80 ts=4 | ||
1461 | --> | ||